StudioWorks

Sw4 > About > About (All Contents)

StudioWorks version 4 is an exciting new release of StudioWorks.

Writing the StudioWorks version 4 release took close to two man years. (In addition to several man years invested in the earlier versions of StudioWorks.)

Omnis Studio version 4 provided some great new features which could be utilized in StudioWorks version 4.

One example is the addition of a $userinfo property which was added to every class and object in Omnis Studio. StudioWorks version 4 stores meta-data for each schema class column in a row variable which is then stored in the $userinfo property of the schema class column.

Many new time saving developer tools have been added to make StudioWorks version 4 a truly rapid application development framework.

Features

The following is an overview of the features in StudioWorks. This is not an all inclusive list of the features in StudioWorks.

SQL Meta-Data

The schema classes in Omnis are used to map list and row variables in your application to the SQL database. Each schema class is mapped to a database table and the schema class columns are mapped to database table's columns.

The Omnis schema classes keeps track of the column name, datatype, whether on not the column is a primary key column, and whether or not null values are allowed. However, the Omnis schema classes are not able to keep track of whether or not the column is indexed, if it is a foriegn key and if so what table and column the foreign key references, and other column constraints.

The StudioWorks SQL Meta-Data Editor allows you to store addition information (meta-data) about each schema class column. The meta-data is kept in a row variable which is stored in the $userinfo of each schema class column.

The StudioWorks SQL Meta-Data Editor not only stores database meta-data, it also stores GUI meta-data. The GUI meta-data allows you to preset if and how the column will be displayed in lists and entry fields, when and how users can edit the field, whether to include the field in prompts, default sorting, etc. Even the label, tooltip, and abbreviation (for list and report column headings), are stored with the GUI meta-data. Storing the label and tooltip text in the meta-data ensures that where ever the column is displayed in a window or on a report the label will be consistent and if it is used in several windows you only need to change it in a single location.

Database Administrator

Setting up and keeping your database in sync with your Studio application can be a lot work. The Database Administrator tool makes it easy. Using the SQL meta-data the Database Administrator can intelligently add tables, add columns, alter column datatypes, add indexes, add primary and foreign keys, set constraints, and collations.

In an ideal world the SQL92 standard would be the same for every DBMS, but unfortunately we aren't living in an ideal world. The SQL used to rename a column for one DBMS is not necessarily the same as the next. The database administrator is structured so that custom SQL can easily be added for each DBMS.

Sign In Window

StudioWorks provides you with a prebuilt Sign-In (Logon) window.

The code that is included with the Sign-In window supports using the DBMS users security as well as the list of application users which you store a table in the database. The application users table is where you would store the user's formal name, group memberships, user security settings, email address, etc.

The Sign-In window defaults to the last session. Users can change session settings.

Sessions Manager

Getting the session settings correct for different DBMS back ends can be difficult for developers, let alone end users. The StudioWorks Session Manager assists both developers and end users.

Templates are provided for each DAM with text explaining what information to fill in which field. If the Omnis DAM is select the fields which don't apply are hidden and the host name field is resized accordingly.

Session settings are automatically saved to the local preference data file.

Concretizer

StudioWorks reduces development and maintenance time by generating window instances on the fly based on the SQL meta-data. Lists, entry files, labels, and tooltips are added to windows the instance they are opened.

The disadvantage of generating window instances on the fly is that window instantiation time suffers. There is a performance hit which the user experiences. To overcome this the Concretizer creates 'concrete window classes' for each of the window instances. Prior to releasing a runtime version you 'runtimize' the window instances. The runtimized window classes are put in a separate library which is then released with the development libraries. If a runtimized class is available it will be used.

The Concretizer can also be used to create a developer window class that is mapped to a schema class or a query class. The developer simply selects the window instance in the Concretizer and clicks the Developerize button. A window class with all of the fields and labels is created in the same library as the schema or query class. The window class can then be modified by the developer.

Error Handler

Object-oriented programming places code in visual and non-visual classes. Visual classes are windows, menus, toolbars, reports, and remote forms. Non-visual classes are table classe, object classes, and task classes. By making a clear separation between visual and non-visual classes your classes can be much more reuseable. Non-visual classes used by a window class can also be used by a remote form, or even a web page that communicaes with a remote task. Non-visual classes can not have prompts, okay messages, working messages, or error messages. The dilema we run into is what to do inside a non-visual class method when it hits an error. How can it easily communicate the error back to the visual class that called the method in the non-visual class. The call quite often will have been passed through several different methods.

One solution is to develop a large series of error codes and return the appropriate error code back to sender, however developing and remembering a table of error codes is a lot of work to create and maintain. And how do pass an error code back to a method which is expecting a list or a result value?

The solution to all of this in StudioWorks is the error handler object. The error handler sits on the sidelines waiting for any method to log an error. The first parameter sent the log message is a reference to the method where the error occurred. Additionally the error message text, optional details, and an optional error code are sent by the method where the error occurred. The method where the error occured return false or null as may be appropriate to its sender. The error handler immediately writes the error to a log file and stores the error in a list. When the visual object where the request originated receives a returned false or null value it sends a message to the error handler asking it for the last error which was logged. The visual object then prompts the user with the error or makes an appropriate decision based on the error code.

By making a clear distinction between visual and non-visual classes and using the StudioWorks error handler you are able to easily develop non-visual classes which can be used by different visual classes.

Icons Browser

Finding the icon you need in the Omnis icons can be tedious and time consuming. Keeping track of icons you create or trying to share icons among different libraries is a hassle. Remembering the icon by its number isn't much fun.

The StudioWorks Icons Browers solves all of the above.

The icons are stored in a single library. You assign a name and number to each icon. You can also assign search words and synonyms in a search list. When you need to find an icon, you open the Icons Browser, enter a search word, and hit return. The Icons Browser displays a list of icons which march or are related to your search word.

An icons object in the StudioWorks icons library can be instantiated by any of your application's libraries. You can ask the icons object to return to you the iconid of any named icon.

Do oIcon.$retIconID('BookPencil') Returns IconID ;; The iconid 2143 will be returned.

The StudioWorks icons library makes it easy for StudioWorks members to add icons and share icons.

Preferences

Most applications need to store various user preferences on the local client computer. It make for a nicer user experience if your application remembers the last user ID, the last session settings, the last language, etc. when the user reopens your application.

The StudioWorks preferences object provides you with this functionality. You simply add the preferences you wish to store on the local client computer to the preferences schema list definition. StudioWorks adds the appropriate getter and setter methods to the preferences object. When you close your application StudioWorks looks for a local preferences Omnis data file, and if necessary creates it, and then saves the preference values to the file. When you reopen your application StudioWorks loads the preferences from the local Omnis data file into the preferences object where they can easily be access by the your application code.

The local preferences data file is stored away from your application to that reinstalling the application or updating it won't wipe out the user's preferences.

Prompts

The built in OK, Yes/No, No/Yes, Prompt for input prompts which come with Omnis Studio are a bit behind the times. With a 255 character limit your messages are often truncated. If you want to prompt the user with list, radio buttons, check boxes, mutliple inputs... you have to create your own prompt windows.

StudioWorks version 4 has flexible prompt window which supports unlimited length text message, an option for including additonal message details in small text, list prompts, any mix of radio buttons, check boxes, and multiple inputs in a single prompt. Often used prompts such as Delete Record? or Save Changes? are already built for you and designed to look good on multiple platforms.

The above prompt was opened with the following line of code:

Do prmpt.$promptSave('Save Changes?) Returns ButtonPressed

References Module

Often times in application development you need a simple lookup with optional or mandatory values which the user can enter in a field. (e.g. Mr, Ms, Mrs, Dr, Lord, Duke,...) Hard coding these into your application is not a a good idea. Creating a table in your database for each of these is overkill.

Another scenario is that you might need a counter to keep track of the last purchase order, last invoice number, last customer ID, or last primary key assigned in each table.

The References module is the solution for these and many more situations.

You simply declare a unique group/subgroup combination of values (e.g. PO/PONum), a datatype (integer), and a reference type (counter). When you need the next PO number you simply an appropriate message to the references object:

Do refs.$retNextNum('PO','PONum') Returns NextPO

or for a lookup list of name titles

Do refs.$retLookupList('NameTitles','UK') Returns UKNameTitlesList

There's plenty more than you can do with the references library. Store user preferences for reports, user defined businesss rules, soft coded SQL query text for reports,... the list goes on and on.

Report Builder

Making end user reports can be a time consuming job. Adding fields to a report class, positioning, sizing, and setting the field properties, adding report titles and column headings... use up your valuable time doing rather low level work. Time better spent elsewhere.

The report builder object is able to generate reports on the fly for you. The StudioWorks Report Builder creates a report class and based the SQL meta-data of the schema or query class used to fetch the report records it adds the fields, labels, and titles to the report class and then prints the report. The developer can further customize the report class after it has been generated by the report builder.

The column heading labels use the same text as the headed list heading which is all sources from the meta-data.

Security

Most applications require some form of security. Control over which users can access which windows and what reports. Which users can view, edit, insert, or delete records in which tables. If the DBMS supports grant and revoke privileges keeping your application's users in sync with the database privileges can be a lot work.

Administering security on a user by user basis can be time consuming and require constant updating. Being able to put users into groups and then administernig security on a group by group basis is simpler and more practical.

The StudioWorks Security Manager helps out with all of the above. Users can be added to groups. Both users and groups can be assigned schema class, window instance, and report instance privileges. The schema class privileges can be synchronized with the database. Users who are members of multiple groups are given the highest level of authority for each schema, window, and report for the summary of all the groups they are in.

The Security Manager window provides you with simple user interface and can be instantiated as a subwindow in one of your own window classes.

Report instance security and DBMS synchronization is not yet implemented as of 2005-04-20.

String Tables

If now or at some point in time you wish to sell your application in another county, or even different region of one country, you'll need to be translate the labels, tooltips, column headings, menus, and window titles throughout your application. This can be a huge job.

StudioWorks utilizes OMST's string tables for the labels, tooltips, column headings, menus, and wnidow titles. For the first language you develop the text is stored in the SQL meta-data.

When it comes time to translate your application to another language you simply export all of the string table IDs and the current language text to a tab delimited file. The translator simply needs to add a column for each additional language and enter the translated text in that column. The file with the additional columns of translated text is added to the startupsettings folder and loaded by StudioWorks during startup.

End users can localize your StudioWorks application by changing labels and tooltips to suit their business. One business refers to 'clients', another calls them 'customers'. Localized labels and tooltips are stored directly in the customer's database and loaded during startup.

Quick Start Tutorial

This section covers the steps to follow for getting started with writing a new application using StudioWorks. This quick start tutorial assumes that you have already installed Omnis Studio v4.x and are familiar with creating libraries, classes, and writing notation in Omnis Studio.

If you are not familiar with Omnis Studio read the PDFs that come with Omnis Studio and go through the StudioTips Basics Tutorial.

If are not familiar with SQL (Sequential Query Language) read some books on SQL to learn the basics of SQL.

The StudioWorks framework will jump start writing new applications in Omnis Studio, but you need to know the basics. (Omnis Studio, writing notation, SQL)

Print the StudioTips and StudioWorks Naming Conventions. Read them. Keep them handy near your desk. Learning, understanding, and using the StudioWorks naming and coding conventions will make it much easier to follow the code in StudioWorks.

It is highly recommended that you print this tutorial from the on-line version before attemping to do it. You can check off the steps and add your own notes to your printed copy as go through the tutorial.

Setting File And Library Names

The first step is to set up the files and libraries for your new application.

Download and unzip the lastest StartNewApp zip file from the StudioWorks FTP server.
Decide on a 2 or 3 letter lower case acronym for your company name which you will use as a prefix for your library names. e.g. Vencor Software uses the 2 letter acronym vs for prefixing library names.

The company prefix az will be used in this quick start guide. You can substitute your own company 2 or 3 letter acronym whenever you see az in this quick start tutorial or use az for the tutorial.
Decide on a short name for your application.

The short app name Drivers will be used in this quick start guide. You can substitute your own short app name whenever you see Drivers in this quick start tutorial or use the app name Drivers.
Rename the unzipped StartNewApp folder to Drivers. The Drivers folder is referred to as the APP folder. The entire application is enclosed inside the APP folder.
Inside the Drivers folder, rename open_myApp to open_Drivers
Inside the APP/libraries folder, rename myAppMain to azDriversMain
Inside the APP/libraries/modules folder, rename myAppModule to azDrivers
Inside the APP/libraries/modules folder, rename mySysAdmin to azSysAdmin
Inside the APP/libraries/modules folder, delete all of the other libraries. They are just demo modules.
Inside the APP/data folder, rename myAppData to DriversData
We have renamed the files, but we also need to change the $defaultname property of each library before we open the Drivers application.
Open your developer version of Omnis Studio.
Under the File menu select Open Libraries... and navigate to the azDriversMain library but do not click the Open button. Select the file but don't open it up yet.
Hold down the Ctrl/Cmnd key and then click the Open button. This opens the library without running the Startup_Task
F2 Browser > select the myAppMain library > F6 Properties > Default tab. Set the $defaultname property to azDriversMain

With multiple library applications it is important that the library name remain consistent. If you don't set the $defaultname property, the library name will change if the user changes the file name. Not a good thing!
F2 Browser > select the myAppMain library > click Close Library
The Startup_Task in each module doesn't do anything so we can open those modules normally.
Under the File menu select Open Libraries... and navigate to the azDrivers module and click the Open button.
F2 Browser > select the myAppModule library > F6 Properties > Prefs tab. Set the $defaultname property to azDrivers
F2 Browser > select the myAppModule library > click Close Library
Under the File menu select Open Libraries... and navigate to the azSysAdmin module and click the Open button.
F2 Browser > select the mySysAdmin library > F6 Properties > Prefs tab. Set the $defaultname property to azSysAdmin
F2 Browser > select the mySysAdmin library > click Close Library

You are now ready to officially open the Drivers application.

Opening the Drivers App

To help you get started with StudioWorks the starter app comes with a prepared Omnis data file which has some tables already created and records inserted.

Open the open_Driver library. This opens the azDriversMain library, which in turn opens all the libraries located in the APP/libraries/modules folder and the libraries at the first level in the APP/studioworks folder. The StudioWorks framework libraries are located inside the studioworks folder.
All going well you will get to the Sign-In window.
Enter user name: SYS and password: pass. Click the Sign-In button.
All going well the My App main menu will be installed and the main window will be opened.

Feel free to click on the various nodes in the main window treelist to view lists, edit records, insert new records, etc.
My App menu > Programmer Menu > Programmer Workbench. This opens the StudioWorks Programmer Workbench window.

The Programmer Workbench is command central for StudioWorks developers.

Use the shortcut key combination Shift+Ctrl/Cmnd+Z to open the Programmer Workbench.
Select the String Tables tab > String Tables _stb Schemas Editor tab
Expand azDriversMain node if it isn't already expanded.
Select the sMn_stb child node. (Click it twice of the list doesn't refresh)
Change the description for the AppName column from My App to Drivers. StudioWorks will now translate AppName to Drivers where ever AppName is used as a string table ID.
Tab out of the label field. The main menu title should change from My App to Drivers.

If you wish to change an ID, click the yellow edit pencil in the ID column heading. This enables the ID fields in the grid. Click the pencil again to disable the ID column.

Adding a Table

The StudioWorks starter app comes with a set of tables and window classes which links contacts to towns/cities, and town/cities to states/provinces and countries.

For our Drivers app we will add a table to store autos which are linked to auto types.

We'll start with the parent table, Autotype.

Create the schema class

Programmer Workbench
> SQL Meta-Data tab > right-click on the azDrivers node of the treelist > select New Schema...
Enter the name of the new schema, sAutotype. StudioWorks creates the sAutotype schema for you.
Select the sAutotype node in the treelist, and click the SQL Class Editor tab.

StudioWorks created the new schema for you with various default values and colulmns which you can now modify. The Class Name, Description, and Server Table Name are properties of the sAutotype schema class. The rest of the fields in the window are meta-data. StudioWorks store the meta-data in the oModuleData object class of each library.

The power of StudioWorks lies in the meta-data. The fields in the meta-data editor have tooltips which give more information about the field. If you are unsure about a certain meta-data field hover your mouse over the field and read the tooltip.
Change the Label (Singular) from Autotype to Auto Type. Tab to the next field.

Notice that they Label (Plural) automatically changed from Autotypes to Auto Types. StudioWorks tries to set the plural value for you automatically.

The label singular is used for the window title when you are editing a record of that table. The label plural is used for the window title when you are looking at a list of records of that table.
Click the Fetch All checkbox so that it is checked. This tells StudioWorks to fetch all of the active autotype records whenever you view them in a list window.
Click the SQL Columns Editor tab.
Right-click on the column names list and select New Column...
Enter the column name AutoTypeName.

You must be very careful to use the correct case for schema class and column names. Omnis Studio is case-sensitive with class names and column names. Naming the schema class sAutotype and then referring to it as sAutoType in another place will not work. Your code will fail if you name a schema column AutoTypeName, but then refer to it as AuotypeName in a calculation.
Drag the AutoTypeName column to the 2nd row of the columns list if it isn't already the 2nd row.
Set the character length field to 20 characters.
Set the Label to Auto Type Name. Set the Abbreviation to Auto Type.

StudioWorks will default to use the label value for the abbreviation. Abbreviations are used for headed list column headings, report column headings, and pushbuttons.
Set the Unique Index checkbox to checked.
Uncheck Null and Blank in the Values Allowed group box.
Check Include in Lists, Prompts/Lookups, and Include in Search Columns in the Lists group box.
Set the Sort Column checkbox to checked.

Entry fields in the meta-data editor with a blue background are default values. If you edit a default value the background will change to white, indicating a non-default value. To revert to a default value, clear the entry field and tab out of the field.

Create the table in the database

Click the Database Admin tab in the Programmer Workbench. The Database Admin window is where you can sync your database tables to match your application's schemas. It also lets you view data, update primary keys, and a number of other database related functions.
Click the Schemas and Tables tab.
Select autotype in the Schema Table list.
Click the Sync Database to Match Selected Schema button. This creates the new table in the database with the appropriate indexes. An information window will be opened that tells you the SQL script that was executed, actions taking, and if applicable and warnings or errors that were reported during the sync operation. Review the information and close the window.

You now have a table in the database ready to store records.

Adding a Window

Every window instance which you open in your StudioWorks application must first be declared. Each module declares its own window instances.

Each window instance must have a unique wininstid. StudioWorks lets you set properties for each window instance.

The Window Instance tab of the Programmer Workbench is where we can view and declare window instances.

Click the Window Instances tab in the Programmer Workbench.
Expand the azDrivers node in the treelist.
Note the AutotypeEdit and AutotypeList nodes in the treelist. StudioWorks automatically declares an edit and a list window instance for each schema class that you create.
Click the AutotypeList node and look at the window instance properties. The fields in the upper portion of the window are display-only because this is a default window instance.
Make sure the toolbarvisible and searchbarvisible checkboxes are checked for the AutotypeList window instance.

Testing the Window

We are now ready to test opening the AutotypesList window instance.

Omnis Studio seems to cache the list of database tables when working with the Omnis data file. After you add some new tables you might need to Quit Omnis and reopen the application to force Omnis Studio to rebuild the database tables list. This only applies to the Omnis data file. If in the next few steps or later in the tutorial that you get some SQL errors after you've added a new table to the Omnis data file, try quitting Omnis and reopening the app.

With the AutotypeList node selected in the treelist, click the Open WinInst button at the bottom of the Programmer Workbench window.
Click the New button in the toolbar. The AutotypeEdit autoconfig window instance should appear.
Enter the Auto Type Name Truck. Click the Save and Close button or press the Return key.
Click the New button in the toolbar.
Enter the Auto Type Name Car. Click the Save and Close button.
Click the New button in the toolbar.
Enter the Auto Type Name Bus. Click the Save and Close button.

Congratulations you have created a table and inserted some records into the table! Easy, eh?!

Mapping Icons

In StudioWorks you can map an iconid to a wininstid or a basetable. Mapping an iconid to a basetable is more efficient because multiple window instances that use to the same basetable will immediately be mapped to the same iconid.

For window instances that do not have a basetable (e.g. container windows), or window instances that you want to map to a different iconid, you can map an iconid to the wininstid.

Click the Icons List Editor tab in the Programmer Workbench.
Click the Open Icons Browser button and take a look at the catalogue of StudioWorks icons available to you. The StudioWorks Icons Browser is a collection of icons in the swIcons4 library. Each iconid is mapped to an icon group and an icon name.
Enter car in the search field and click the search button.
Right-click on the PaperCar icon and select Copy Icon Full Name to Clipboard.
Close the StudioWorks Icons Browser window.
Select the azDrivers library in the Icons List Editor droplist.
Right-click on the icons list and select New Icon...
Enter Autotype in the following prompt for input window. Autotype will be added to the icons list.
Set the schemacoldesc field to vs.PaperCar (You can paste this in from the clipboard). When you tab out of the field, the Autotype icon in the icons list should change to the PaperCar icon.
Click the Window Instances tab in the Programmer Workbench. The AutotypeEdit and AutotypeList window instances should now be mapped to the $iconid of the vs.PaperCar icon name.
Go back to the Icons List Editor and select the azDriversMain library in the droplist.
Change the schemacoldesc to vs.Truck and tab out of the field.
Close and reopen the Main Window. The root node of the navigation treelist should have changed from a cube icon to a truck icon.

When you add an icon node to the Icons List Editor treelist, you are really adding a new row to the sIcons schema class of the parent node library. The Icons List Editor is just an interface for editing the sIcons schema classes. The advantage of using the Icons List Editor is that you immediately see a represention of the icon which you assigned, and the cached lists affected by your changes are immediately updated. (icons master list, windows master list, navigation menus list)

Adding a Window to the Navigation List

The Navigation List Editor is used to add/remove window instances to/from the main window's navigation treelist.

Let's add the AutotypesList window instance to the navigation treelist.

Click the Window Instances tab in the Programmer Workbench.
Click the Navigation Menus List Editor tab.
Expand the Drivers node in the treelist.
Right-click the Drivers node and select Add WinInstID...
Select the azDrivers > AutotypeList node in the prompt window and click the Continue button.
All going well the AutotypeList window instance will be added as a child node to the Drivers root node.
You can reorder the navigation list by dragging and dropping node(s) in the treelist.
Open the main window (Ctrl/Cmnd+M). Expand the Drivers root node. All going well the Auto Types window instance will be appear as a child node.
Click on the Auto Types node. The AutotypeList window instance will appear in a subwindow to the right of the navigation treelist.

Adding a Child Table

The steps for creating the Auto table are pretty much the same as the steps for creating the Autotype table.

Create the schema class

Programmer Workbench
> SQL Meta-Data tab > azDrivers > right-click New Schema....
Name the new schema, sAuto.
Select the SQL Class Editor tab.
The Label (Singular) and the Label (Plural) values should already be set for you. If not, set them to Auto and Autos.
Set the Fetchall checkbox to checked.

If the Auto table was going to contain hundreds of records you would not check fetchall.
SQL Columns Editor tab > right-click on the columns list > select New Column...
Enter the name: AutoName
Set the character length to 50.
Drag the AutoName column to the 2nd row in the second row in the columns list.
Set the Label to Auto Name if it isn't already set for you. Leave the abbreviation as is.
Set the Unique Index checkbox to checked.
Uncheck Null and Blank.
Check Include in Lists, Prompts/Lookups, Include in Search Columns, and Sort Column.
Add another column Autotype_fkey.
Drag the Autotype_fkey column to the 3rd row in the columns list.
Set the data type to Integer, and the subtype to Long Int

This is the foreign key column which is used to link a child Auto record to its parent Autotype record.
Set the Foreign Key checkbox to checked. Based on the column name StudioWorks will find the autotype table and set it as the referenced table, and then find the primary key column in the autotype table and set it to the referenced column name.
Set the Cascade Delete checkbox to unchecked if it checked.

If cascade delete is checked, child records are automatically deleted when the parent record is deleted. You want to be very careful with cascade deletes!
Set the Null, Zero and Negative checkboxes to unchecked in the values allowed group. This enforces every child record to be linked to a parent record. Allowing null or zero values in the foreign key makes the child/parent link optional.
Set the Hidden checkbox to checked if it is unchecked.

Create the table in the database

Programmer Workbench > Database Admin tab > Schemas and Tables tab.
Select Auto in the Schema Table list.
Click the Sync Database to Match Selected Schema button. This creates the new table in the database with the appropriate indexes.

Creating Query Classes

We need to create query classes which joins the child Auto records to their parent Autotype records.

Create the list view query class

Programmer Workbench > Query Builder tab.
Expand the azDrivers node in the Queries treelist on the left side of the Query Builder window.
Right-click on the azDrivers node and select New Query....
Name the new query, qAutoList
Expand the azDriver node in the Schemas treelist on the right side of the Query Builder window.
Select the sAuto schema class node.
Drag the columns: auto_pkey and AutoName onto the qAutoList query class.
Select the sAutotype schema class node.
Drag the column: AutoTypeName onto the qAutoList query class.

Based on the foreign keys meta-data the StudioWorks Query Builder will make its best guess at calculating the $extraquerytext to join the query class tables as you add or remove query class columns. If the $extraquerytext is not being calculated click the Rebuild Meta-Data button below the schemas treelist and then click the Extra Query Text button to recalculate the $extraquerytext.

Always check, and if needed, correct the $extraquerytext when you have finished changing the columns. You are ultimately responsible for the final $extraquerytext.
The Extra Query Text in Query Builder should read as follows:

WHERE auto.autotype_fkey = autotype.autotype_pkey

The Omnis data file is picky about the order of the foreign key and primary key columns. To help you remember the order think about alphabetic order... fkey comes before pkey.

Create the edit view query class

Right-click on the azDrivers node in the Queries treelist on the left side and select New Query....
Name the new query, qAutoEdit
Expand the azDriver node in the Schemas treelist on the right side of the Query Builder window.
Drag and drop the sAuto schema class node on the Query Columns list. The column name value in the query columns list will be empty. By leaving the column name empty Omnis Studio will automatically include all of the columns from sAuto schema class in the query class.
Select the sAutotype schema class node.
Drag the column: AutoTypeName onto the qAutoList query class.
Make sure the $extraquerytext reads as follows:

WHERE auto.autotype_fkey = autotype.autotype_pkey

Adding the Child Window

Map an icon to the Auto table adding it to the icons list.

Click the Icons List Editor tab in the Programmer Workbench.
Select the azDrivers library in the droplist.
Right-click on the icons list and select New Icon...
Enter Auto in the prompt window.
Enter vs.Car in the schemacoldesc field. When you tab out of the field, the Auto icon should display a car.

Add the Autos window to the navigation list.

Programmer Workbench > Window Instances tab > Navigation Menus List Editor tab.
Expand the Drivers node in the treelist.
Right-click the Drivers node and select Add WinInstID...
Select the azDrivers > AutoList node in the prompt window and click the Continue button.
All going well the AutoList window instance will be added as a child node to the Drivers root node.
You can drag the AutoList node to the position you want it to appear in the navigation list.

We are now ready to test opening the AutoList window instance.

Drivers > menu > select Main Window. Autos should now appear in the main window navigation treelist as a child of the Drivers node.
Click the Autos node. The AutosList autoconfig window instance should appear in the main window navigation treelist. If the main window was open you will need to close and reopen it.
Click the New button in the toolbar. The AutoEdit autoconfig window instance should appear.
Enter the Auto Name Ford F150.
Tab to the Auto Type Name field. The red border on the field indicates that it is a lookup type-ahead entry field.
Type a ? character in the field. StudioWorks displays a list of the possible auto types to select from.
Hit the down and up arrow keys. StudioWorks scrolls the selected line in the droplist.
Hit the backspace key and type the character T. StudioWorks displays a list of the auto types which begin with the letter T.

The Omnis data file is case-sensitive, so you must type upper case T for this example. For other databases the lookups are case-insensitive.
Click the droplist button to the right of the Auto Type Name field. StudioWorks displays a list of the possible auto types to select from.
Click the Truck auto type in the droplist. StudioWorks closes the droplist and enters Truck in the entry field.
Tab out of the field.

On evAfter StudioWorks sets the Autotype_fkey column in the qAutoEdit list to the Autotype_pkey of the selected auto type record.
Click the Save and Close button.
Click the New button in the toolbar.
Enter the Auto Name Jaguar and the Auto Type Name Car.
Click the Save and Close button.

Congratulations you have created a child table and inserted some child records linked to parent records!

Linking to Another Parent Table

Try the following assignment on your own.

Add a foreign key column to the sAuto schema to link it to the sContact schema.
Set the meta-data.

You will need to set the Null allowed and Zero allowed values to checked so that linking auto records to contacts records will be optional.
Sync the sAuto table to the database.

The contact_fkey column in the Auto table will be empty for the existing records in the Auto table. This will break the joins for those records. To fix this we will need to add a zero primary key record to the contact table and set the contact_fkey to zero for all the columns in the auto table as follows:

Programmer Workbench > Database Admin tab > Schemas and Tables tab > select contact
Click the Insert Empty Records button. This checks for an empty record and if not found inserts an empty record with the primary key set to zero.
Select the Interactive SQL tab and enter the following SQL statement:

UPDATE auto SET contact_fkey = 0 WHERE contact_fkey IS NULL
Click the Execute SQL button.
Click the Data Viewer tab and select the auto table. Scroll across to the far right column to check the values in the contact_fkey column.

Using Query Builder modify the qAutoList and qAutoEdit query classes to include the ContactSortName column from sContact.

Be sure the $extraquerytext text joins the Auto table to the Contact table.
If you are using the Omnis data file you may need to quit Omnis and reopen your application before proceeding.
Select the Autos node in the main window navigation treelist.
Edit an existing auto record and link it to a contact.
Insert a new auto record linked to an autotype and a contact.

The Contact Sort Name labels can be changed to Driver Sort Name in the AutoList and AutoEdit window instances by changing the String Table name in the class meta-data of the qAutoList and qAutoEdit query classes. The quick start tutorial doesn't cover how to do this, but it is good know that you can create different labels for different query classes with the meta-data.

Default Reports

The StudioWorks framework auto-creates a report when you click the Print button in the list view toolbar. The report includes all of the columns and records data displayed in the list.

After you print a report you will find an X_ prefixed report class in the same library as the list query class. The report class name is based on the WinInstID of the list view window instance. If you remove the X_ prefix from the report class, the StudioWorks framework will continue to use the report class as the default report for that WinInstID. You can then open the default report class, reposition fields, and make as many modifications as you like. Your changes will be evident the next time you click the Print button in the list view toolbar.

See the StudioTips > StudioWorks group > Reports tab for information on creating custom reports.

Exporting Data

If you click the Export button in a list view window the StudioWorks framework exports the columns and records data displayed in the list. The records are exported to a tab delimited text file. The column headings are included at the top of the file.

Adding Menus

You can add menus to any window instance. The menus appear in the toolbar.

To add a Special menu to the AutoList window instance:

Programmer Workbench > Window Instances tab > Window Menus List Editor tab.
Expand the azDrivers library node.
Right-click on the AutoList node and select Add Special Menu...
Enter ExportAutoTables as the menulineid in the prompt.

All going well a Special menu child node will be added to the Autos node with the menu line, Export Auto Tables, added as a child node of the Special menu.

When you add a menu line or change the menulineid, StudioWorks automatically adds the menulineid the sMn_stb schema class in that library and updates the string tables. You can further edit the string table text in the String Tables _stb Schemas Editor.

StudioWorks adds a recipient method with the same name as the menulineid to the observer object class specified for the menu line. If the menuid is Reports, then a recipient method is also added to the oPrintReport object in the same library.

You can click the edit pencil next to the menuclassname to go to the specified menu class. You can click the edit pencil next to the observer objectclassname to go to th observer object method that is called by this menu item.
Click the Export Auto Tables node if it isn't already selected. The default values for the menu line are displayed in the fields to the right of the treelist. You can change the menu line's properties by editing these fields.
Close and reopen the Main Window and select the Autos node.
Click the Special menu in the far right side of the toolbar and select Export Autos Table.

All going well you will end up at the breakpoint of the $ExportAutoTable method of the oSpecialMenuObserver object. You would write your code in this method to fetch all the records from the auto table and export them to a file.

To add a Reports menu to the AutoList window instance:

Programmer Workbench > Window Instances tab > Window Menus List Editor tab.
Expand the azDrivers library node.
Right-click on the AutoList node and select Add Reports Menu...
Enter AutosReportSortByType as the menulineid in the prompt.

All going well a Reports menu child node will be added to the Autos node, with the Autos Report Sort By Type menu line as a child node of the Reports menu.

The StudioWorks framework will add the object classes oReportsMenuObserver and oPrintReport to a module if they don't exist when the first report menu item has been declared.

The oReportsMenuObserver is classified as a visual object class. If you need to prompt the user to enter/select criteria before printing the report, do the prompts from this visual menu observer object.

The oPrintReport object is classified as a non-visual object which means you should never prompt the user or open any error prompt windows in the oPrintReport object class methods.

By splitting apart the visual code which prompts the user, from the non-visual print report code, you will be able to reuse the non-visual oPrintReport code when you add a web interface to your StudioWorks app. Trust me, it is worth doing. Clearly separating visual class code from non-visual make for cleaner reuseable code.
Close and reopen the Main Window and select the Autos node.
Click the Reports menu in the right side of the toolbar and select Autos Report Sort By Type.

All going well you will end up at the breakpoint of the $AutosReportSortByType method of oReportsMenuObserver. You would write your code to prompt the user for the auto types they wish to include in the report and then pass this via parameters to the non-visual $AutosReportSortByType method of oPrintReport object.

For prompting the user, use the oPromptModeless object which is instantiated by the task variable modelessprmpt. For more information see StudioTips > StudioWorks group > Prompts tab.

For reports that do not require any user prompts you can remove the breakpoint and simply forward the message from the oReportsMenuObserver object to the oPrintReport object.

You can associate an icon with any menu line by mapping an icon to the menulineid in the Icons List Editor.

Customizing a Window

The objective of the StudioWorks framework is to allow quickly move from database design to a basic application that allows you (and your client) to insert and link records, view lists and print simple reports.

If you are converting an existing application you can import data from the old application and then play around with viewing and massaging the imported data in the new application.

Once you get through the database design and generating the basic application you will be into the phase of creating custom windows with added bells and whistles to make data entry and modification easier for the users.

To create a concrete window class from an autoconfig window class:

Programmer Workbench > Window Instances tab > Window Instances Editor tab
Select the AutoEdit node.
Click the Developerize button.

The StudioWorks framework creates a wAutoEdit window class in the azDrivers module. In StudioWorks we call this a developerized window class. In object-oriented programming terms it is a concrete window class.
Click the Modify button. This opens the wAutoEdit window class in the IDE.
Rearrange the fields on the window and add a pushbutton object from the F3 Component Store.
Close the wAutoEdit window class.
Click the Open WinInstID button to open an instance of the wAutoEdit window class.

Your changes to the wAutoEdit window class should be evident in the edit window instance.

Using normal Omnis Studio code you can customize your window class by adding field event methods, window objects, etc. to your concrete window class.

The following sample code is from the $event method of the ContactFormalName entry field of the wContactEdit window class.

On evBefore
If len($cobj.$contents)=0
   If iList.isHousehold
      Calculate SortName as iList.ContactSortName
      If pos(',',SortName)
         Calculate FirstName as trim(mid(SortName,pos(',',SortName)+1))
         Calculate LastName as trim(mid(SortName,1,pos(',',SortName)-1))
         Calculate [$cobj.$dataname] as con(FirstName,' ',LastName)
      Else
         Calculate [$cobj.$dataname] as iList.ContactSortName
      End If
   Else
      Calculate [$cobj.$dataname] as iList.ContactSortName
   End If
   Do $cobj.$redraw()
End If
Quit event handler (Pass to next handler)

The code copies the ContactSortName to the ContactFormalName if the ContactFormalName is empty. For households the last name and first name are flipped from the ContactSortName to the ContactFormalName.

It is important to end your $event method code with Quit event handler (Pass to next handler) so that the StudioWorks framework's field handler can properly decorate the field on evBefore and evAfter.

Summary

Hopefully this quick start tutorial has given you a sense of how the StudioWorks framework can assist you with rapid application development.

We have really only scratched the surface in this tutorial. It is extremely difficult to write a tutorial that satisfies the wants and needs of all developers. Some developers like to have incredible detail, others get bored with too much detail.

The real learning happens when you write your own application and have to deliver it to a client.

Don't try to get too fancy too soon. Follow the pattern of the quick start tutorial by focusing on the database design, meta-data, and auto-generated window instances. Don't get side tracked into building custom window classes too early on. Get some real data into the database and generate some reports before tackling custom window classes.

The farther you can get with using meta-data and auto-generated windows the better off you are.

As you start adding custom features and enhancement to your StudioWorks app you will need to search the StudioWorks documentation, look at the methods and code inside the classes, and ask questions on the StudioWorks members list.

The real learning is about to begin. Omnis Studio, StudioWorks, and SQL are a powerful combination - but you'll need to roll up your sleeves and be very persistent in order to learn how to harness the power.

The StudioWorks members are a great community of developers, but they can't write your application for you (at least not for free). You can ask the questions, but you have to be persistent with the learning.

There may be days you question your decision to invest in StudioWorks, but trust me, there are several man years of code included in the framework and many more years of experience that have been invested into learning Omnis Studio and object-oriented programming techniques. There are tools and features included in the StudioWorks framework which are the combined efforts of several StudioWorks devlopers. You would spend years writing (and debugging) these tools and features on your own.

Working together we all win!

Happy coding,

Doug Kuyvenhoven
Vencor Software

What Next?

The following is a recommended list of things to do as you move forward with developing your new StudioWorks application.

If you haven't already done so, print the StudioTips and StudioWorks Naming Conventions. Read them. Keep them handy near your desk. Learning, understanding, and using the StudioWorks naming and coding conventions will make it much easier to follow the code in StudioWorks.
If you are new to SQL or don't have formal database design training order a copy of Database Design for Mere Mortals by Micheal Hernandez from amazon.com. Read the book. I wish I read this book before writing my first app. Much of the thinking behind the SQL Meta-Data Editor came from reading this book.
If you are new to SQL order a copy of Mastering SQL by Martin Gruber from amazon.com. I recommend this as a reference book for figuring out SQL scripts. You can do amazing things with SQL. With a little bit of SQL knowledge you can eliminate tons of list processing code in your application, and improve performance for compiling reports, etc. Spend time investing in learning advanced SQL, it is worth it.
Learn to use Omnis Studio. To use StudioWorks you need to be familiar with Omnis Studio. If you aren't familiar with using Omnis Studio, you will be lost if when you try to write code in StudioWorks. Take the time to read the Omnis Studio PDFs and go through the tutorials and exercises they provide you with.
Read through StudioTips to increase your knowledge of Omnis Studio.
Do all of the StudioTips Tutorials. The tutorials help you understand StudioWorks.
Learn Omnis Studio notation. Omnis Studio notation is powerful and StudioWorks uses Omnis Studio notation extensively. You can accomplish almost anything in Omnis Studio using notation. The notation becomes very logical once you begin to understand the syntax. There is no quick start tutorial to learning Omnis Studio notation. You can learn a lot by taking the time to study the comments and notation in the StudioWorks code.
Learn to use the F4 Notation Inspector along with the F6 Property Manager to see the methods and properties. These two tools are the heart of where I figure out how to write Omnis Studio notation.
Learn to use the Interface Manager. The Interface Manager shows the class methods you can call in an instance of class. Sending messages between instances of classes is a big part of Object-Oriented Programming. The Interface Manager reveals to you the messages you can send.
Learn Object-Oriented Programming. Order a copy of Building Object Applications That Work by Scott Ambler from amazon.com, and read the book. Learning Object-Oriented Programming is a process that takes years. I'm still learning. The StudioWorks framework comes with loads of prewritten, well commented, reuseable, Object-Oriented Programming code. This gives you the advantage of live examples which you can learn from.
Order a copy of Code Complete by Steve McConnell from amazon.com and read the book. This is one of the best books on writing good code. Loads of great advice. Much of the StudioWorks naming conventions are based on the recommendations in this book.
Attend the StudioWorks training camps when they are held. There is nothing like in-class training. In a few days you will advance months in your application development.
Attend Omnis conferences when they are held.

The above list might seem daunting. If it was easy, anybody could write custom software solutions. Once you gain the above knowledge and experience you can use Omnis Studio and StudioWorks to create powerful, flexible, and maintainable custom applications in an incredibly short period of time.

The next tutorial, Customizing Your App, takes you through adding custom features and code to the meta-data based auto-generated Drivers app that you wrote in the Quick Start Tutorial.

Customizing Your App

This tutorial takes you through adding custom features and code to the meta-data based auto-generated Drivers app that you wrote in the Quick Start Tutorial. If you haven't completed the quick start tutorial, you will need to do that first.

Ping Buttons

Under the Programmer Menu you will see the menu item Programmer $ping Pushbuttons. By selecting this menu item you toggle the menu checkmark. With this menu item checked a tiny pushbutton (White X in a blue circle) appears in the top left corner of each subwindow.

If you click on the button a ping message tells you information about the subwindow.

If you shift+click on the button you will end up at a breakpoint inside the subwindow. This feature is very helpful when you are debugging and customizing windows.

I use the shift+click on the blue ping button technique for:

Looking at ivar values such as: iList, iSQLClassName, iWinInstID
Adding a red breakpoint to the $doCmnd class methods so that I can step through the code when I click one of the toolbar buttons.
Adding or modifying a window class method.
Adding or modifying an $event method of an entry field.

Debug OK Messages

If a developer version of Omnis Studio is being used and an error is logged, the error handler opens a debug OK message. The OK message allows the user to break into the code at the error handler. From there, using the Stack toolbar menu you can go back up the method stack to investigate the method which logged the error, and any previous methods currently in the method stack.

Being able to break into the method stack when an error is logged is extremely useful for solving bugs in your code.

Click the Run Demo button in the StudioTips Browser window to try out the debug OK message.

The debug OK message prompt is not opened for the following errors: check data, data, minor, and user errors.

Programmer Test Method

Each main library has its own mProgrammer menu class which is instantiated by the main menu as a cascading menu by the name Programmer Menu AppName. AppName is replaced with its string table translation.

This method is helpful to you for experimenting and testing code which you write in StudioWorks. If I have a chunk of code that doesn't work and I want to experiment with variations of the code, I'll often go the the Programmer Test Method to try out different things. If I have a batch of records I need to fix in the database, I'll often use the Programmer Test Method to write and run the code.

Select the main menu > Programmer Menu AppName > Programmer Test Method
This takes you to a Breakpoint command followed by a Quit method command.
Below the Quit method you can write any code you like. The code in this method can access any of the task variable object methods so long as you are in the method stack. (i.e. You haven't cleared the method task after coming into the Programmer Test Method.)
Enter the following code below the Quit method.

Do stb.$getText('Mn','AppName',#S1) Return FlagOK
Assuming you are still in the method stack, double-click on the line of code you just entered.
Click the Step In IDE toolbar button. You should have stepped into the $getText method of the oStringTable object class.
Click the Step Out button of the IDE toolbar. You should be back to the mProgrammer method.
Hover over the #S1 variable in your line of code. The value should be the name of the current app.

The StudioWorks code only works from the main library task instance. You can't just open an object class from the IDE and double-click on a line of code in a method and hit the Go toolbar button. Wherever you run StudioWorks code you must be within the task instance of the main library's Startup_Task. If you don't understand the last few sentence don't worry about it for now. Just trust me, that if you want to test some code in StudioWorks you either catch it with a red breakpoint when the method is run, or you write it in the Progammer Test Method, select Programmer Menu > Programmer Test Method and then double-click below the Quit method and start stepping through your code.

Method Calls or Messages?

One of the things that was confusing to me when I got into reading the object-oriented programming books was this thing about sending messages.

In Omnis I was used to the the term method call. If I was explaining code to someone I would say that MethodA does a method call to MethodB even if MethodB was in another class.

Instead of using the words making a method call to another class, the object-oriented programming world uses the word sending a message, which once you get your head adjusted to it, it really is a better word picture of what the code is doing.

So, when we talk to each other about our code (or if we're talking to ourselves), let's talk about class instances sending messages to each other rather than using the term of making method calls.

You can still use the term method call when MethodA and MethodB are in the same class.

So how does this word picture help the developer? Let's use a the real world which all of use can easily relate to.

In this world there is a class called Human
Doug is an instance of the class Human.
Andy is another instance of the class Human.
The instance Doug sends an $email message to the instance Andy. Doug is the sender. Andy is the target.
In order for Andy to receive the $email message, Andy needs to have an $email recipient method.
The $email message may contain parameters: pFrom, pTo, pReplyTo, bBody, which must map correctly to the $email recipient method's parameters.

Do you see how this relates to classes and public methods in Omnis Studio? Let's use a StudioWorks framework example to tell a similar story.

In StudioWorks there is a class called oStringTable
The stb startup task variable is an instance of the class oStringTable.
Programmer Menu is an instance of the class mProgrammer
The instance Programmer Menu sends a $retText message to the instance stb and includes the parameters ('Mn','AppName') with the message.
The stb instance receives the $retText message with the enclosed parameters, processes the message, and returns the value, Drivers, to the sender.

Once you get the picture of instances sending messages to each other, a lot of things gain clarity in Omnis Studio.

When a user clicks on a line in a headed list:

Omnis Studio sends an $event message to the headed list object instance.

In this special case of event handling instead sending parameters to the $event method, Omnis Studio sets the task scope variables pEventCode and pRow so that any instance within the task can access the event parameters.
If the headed list object has an $event recipient method it can receive and act on the message.
The $event method of the headed list object instance can then pass the message to the $control method of the window class.
If the window class has a $control method it can receive the message and process it.

When you open a library, Omnis Studio looks for a task class named Startup_Task. If found Omnis Studio opens an instance of the Startup_Task class and names the instance the same name as the library name. Omnis Studio then sends the task instance a $construct message. If the $construct recipient method exists, the code in the method can open instances of menu classes, toolbar classes, and window classes. All of these instances that are opened are contained within the startup task instance.

Hopefully the above note help you to see more clearly the picture of class instances sending messages to each other. The StudioWorks framework depends heavily on the concept of sending messages between source and target class instances, so it will be good if you think and talk in these terms.

Interface Manager

One of the keys to using the StudioWorks framework (and Omnis Studio ) is learning to use the Interface Manager. I wrote code using Omnis Studio for about 2 years without using the Interface Manager. Today, I'd be lost without the Interface Manager.

The Interface Manager shows you the public interface to a class, that is, all the class methods which begin with the $ character.

Well built object-oriented programs have a good clean public interface. You write your code using the public interface. The Omnis Studio IDE works very well with the Interface Manager.

If you aren't familar with the Interface Manager and how to use it to write code, let's go through some exercises.

For these exercises you will be writing code in the Programmer Menu AppName > Programmer Test Method. The instructions below assume that you will write the code below the Quit method in the $event method of the Programmer Test Method menu line of the mProgrammer class method.

Get and set the $:AppName property in the oConstants object class instance.

In the method, type the word Do and tab to the Calculation line.
In the Variable pane, click the Task tab, and find the task variable cn.
Right-click on cn > select
Interface Manager
.
Scroll down the list and find the $:AppName method.
Drag the $:AppName method from the
Interface Manager
into the Calculation field of your Do command.
Press tab and enter #S1 in the return field.

Do not use # hash variables for your real app code.
Programmer Menu > Programmer Test Method > double-click your line of code and click the Step Over button in the IDE toolbar.
Hover your mouse over the #S1 variable in your line of code. Is the value Drivers or whatever you named your app?
Start a new Do command line.
Drag the $:AppName.$assign method from the
Interface Manager
into the Calculation field. Omnis Studio very kindly includes the parameters in parenthesis for us when we drag in the method from the
Interface Manager
.
Replace pAppName with 'Crazy Drivers' including the single quotes.
Double-click your line of code and click the Step Over button in the IDE toolbar.
Now double-click the first Do command and Step Over that line of code. The value returned to #S1 should now be Crazy Drivers.

Your finished code should look like this:

Do cn.$:AppName() Returns #S1

Do cn.$:AppName.$assign('Crazy Drivers')

Now we'll use the

to look at the table class methods. List and row variables do not know which table class they are supposed to point to until after you bind them to a table class. In StudioWorks you bind a list or row variable by sending a $retDefinedList to the lsts instance of the oSQLList object class.

Enter a Do command.
Right-click the task variable lsts > select
Interface Manager
.
Drag the $retDefinedList method into the Calculation field of your Do command.
Replace the pSQLClassName parameter with 'sCountry' including the single quotes.
Remove the other parameters, they are optional.
Enter #L1 in the Returns field.
Programmer Menu > Programmer Test Method. Double-click your line of code and click the Step Over button in the IDE toolbar.
Right-click the #L1 variable > select Variable #L1... This opens the variable window which should display to you an empty list with the column names. Close the variable window.
Enter another Do command in the next line.
Right-click #L1 in your method code > select
Interface Manager
.

The list or row variable
Interface Manager
is only available after the list or row has been bound to a table class while you are stepping through the code. If you were to clear the method stack and right-click on the list variable the
Interface Manager
menu line does not appear in the context menu.
Drag the $:BaseTable method into the Calculation field of your new Do command.
Enter #S1 in the Returns field.
Double-click your line of code and click the Step Over button in the IDE toolbar.
Hover the mouse of the #S1 variable, that value should be Country.
Enter another Do command in the next line.
Right-click #L1 in your method code > select
Interface Manager
.
Select the $getAllRecords method in the Interface Manager.
Click the Description tab in the bottom part of the
Interface Manager
. Note the method description.

If I've done my job, you should see a short description about what the method does and what it returns. Well written classes with good public methods should be like a black box. You should never need to look inside the box to see what the method does. The Interface Manager tells you the method name, the parameters, the method description, and the return value you can expect.
Drag the $getAllRecords method into the Calculation field of your Do command.
Enter #F in the Returns field.

Do not use # hash variables for your real app code.
Double-click your line of code and click the Step Over button in the IDE toolbar.
Right-click #L1 in your Do command > select Variable #L1...

All going well the variable window will show a list of country records that were fetched from the database.

Your finished code should look like this:

Do lsts.$retDefinedList('sCountry') Returns #L1

Do #L1.$:BaseTable Returns #S1

Do #L1.$getAllRecords() Returns #F

The

is an important tool for you to use when writing code in Omnis Studio. Documenting all of the classes and methods in the StudioWorks framework would take longer than writing the code... and would end up being a repetition of the information you can find yourself by using the .

From the method editor you can look at the Interface Manager of the class you are in using the View IDE toolbar button.

From the F2 Browser you can look at the Interface Manager of any class by right-clicking on the class and selecting

Take some time and study the public interface of the Startup_Task task variables. These are the key object classes of the StudioWorks framework. Before you spend time writing a custom method, look at the object classes in the StudioWorks core libraries. There are object classes for exporting and importing data, encrypting and decrypting files, opening the client's web browser to a specific URL, preparing an email in the client's email program, etc. If you are unsure, ask a question on the StudioWorks list. Other StudioWorks members might know where to look. One of the benefits of the StudioWorks community is that we can create reuseable object classes which we can share, because we are using a common framework.

If you know the task variable name and have an idea of the public method name you don't have to use the

Try the following:

Set your Omnis > Preferences > General tab > $notationhelptimer to 50 milliseconds.
In the method editor type Do
Press the Tab key to go to the Calculation field.
Type the characters err. The task variable errhndler should show up in the notation helper.
Press the Tab key and type the characters $pr. The method $promptonceLastError should show up in the notation helper.
Press the Tab key.
Enter the opening and closing parenthesis () to finish the calculation.

I find the notation helper to be a huge help when writing code in Omnis Studio. It helps you enter method names, variable names, and even functions. You can play with the notation timer speed. I like it around 50 so that I don't have to pause and wait for the helper. You can use the up and down arrow keys or your mouse to select something in the notation helper list. If you don't select an item in the notation helper list the first matching item to what you have typed so far in the Calculation field will be used when you press the Tab key.

Adding a Toolbar Button

To add a toolbar button to the contacts list window:

Main Window > Contacts > Shift+click the blue ping button.
Find the $:ToolbarCmndsCSV method in the class methods.
Right+click the method and select Override Method.
Uncomment the method lines.
Add ,HelloWorld to the end of the toolbar buttons string being returned by the Quit method.

Quit method 'Edit,New,NewCopy,Delete,SPACER,Find,Print,Export,HelloWorld'
Right+Click the class methods > select Insert New Method.
Name the new method $HelloWorld and put a breakpoint in the method.
Close the IDE window.
Close and reopen the main window and select the Contacts node.

The HelloWorld button should appear in the toolbar, but you will notice that the text is not translated, it is not enabled, and does not have an icon. To solve these problems:

Add HelloWorld to the sMn_stb schema class in the module. Enter Hello World in the description.
Add HelloWorld to the sIcons schema class in the module. Enter 1653 in the description.
Programmer Menu > Reload String Tables. (This also rebuilds the icons list)
Main Window > Contacts > Shift+click the blue ping button.
Find the $_retActiveCmndsList method in the class methods, override the method, and add the following code to the method:

Do inherited Returns List
Do List.$add('HelloWorld')
Quit method List
Close and reopen the main window and select the Contacts node. All going well the button will have the correct text, icon, and be enabled.
Click the Hello World icon. All going well you will end up at the breakpoint in the $HelloWorld method.

Removing a Toolbar Button

There are two ways to remove a toolbar button.

Override the $:ToolbarCmndsCSV method and remove the button from the CSV string being returned by the method.
Send a $removeCmnd message to the window instance.

A situation where you might use the $removeCmnd technique is where you are reusing an edit window inside a container window and you want to remove the Save and Close button from the edit subwindow. After constructing the edit subwindow, the container would send a $removeCmnd('SaveAndClose') message to the edit subwindow. The subwindow would remove the button from its toolbar.

Writing Methods

How you write your code is up to you. The following are a list of guidelines which I follow when writing code. These guidelines have evolved over the years.

Always return something. Either FlagOK (true or false) or a return value.
Only exit at the end of the method. (This guideline was added in mid 2005. Code written by me prior to mid 2005 has lots of early exit points.)
If a method is returning a value calculate the value to a local variable and return the variable. If an error occurs in the method, set the variable to #NULL. The sender can check the return value with the isnull() function.
Preset the return local variable to the negative condition in the init value in the variables pane. FlagOK to kFalse. Return value to #NULL.
Always test the return flag or value from a method before proceeding further in the method. Sample code as follows:

; Test FlagOK
Do List.$getAllRecords() Returns FlagOK
If FlagOK
   ; Continue
End If
Quit method FlagOK

; Test return list. Lists and rows you can not test with isnull()
Do lsts.$retDefinedList('sContact') Returns List
If List.$colcount=0
   Calculate FlagOK as kFalse
Else
   ; Continue
End If
Quit method FlagOK

; Test return string
Do fn.$retCSVStringFromList(List) Returns String
If isnull(String)
   Calculate FlagOK as kFalse
Else
   ; Continue
End If
Quit method FlagOK
The method where an error occurs must immediately log the error to the error handler. Always declare and set both error message variables, Mssg and Dtls, even if you set Dtls to empty.
Only public methods of visual classes prompt the user with errors. (windows, toolbars, menus, menu obsever objects classes) Wait till the end of the method before prompting the user.

; Pretend this is a public method of a window class.
Do lsts.$retDefinedList('sContact') Returns List
If List.$colcount=0
   Calculate FlagOK as kFalse
Else
   Do List.$getAllRecords() Returns FlagOK
   If FlagOK
      Do List.$smartlist.$assign(kTrue)
      Do List.$sendall($ref.Active.$assign(kTrue))
      Do List.$doworkBatch() Returns FlagOK
   End If
End If

; Wait till the end of the method. Test the flag. Prompt the last error if the flag is false.
If not(FlagOK)
   Do errhndlr.$promptonceLastError()
End If

You can avoid a lot of $promptonceLastError message calls by structuring your code so that the public methods of your visual classes call lots of private or protected methods which do the real work. The non-public methods only have to worry about returning the flag or value since the public visual class methods are responsible for taking care of the $promptonceLastError.
Only public methods of visual classes issue redraws. Following this technique makes it easy for non-public methods and non-visual class methods... they never have to think about redrawing the window, that is the responsibility of the visual class public methods.

In your Omnis Studio Preferences > General tab set the $notationhelpertimer property to 50 milliseconds. The notation helper will come up a lot faster and save you loads of keystrokes and typing errors.

Error Handling

If you want to write code that is easy to maintain you must be diligent about writing good error handling into your code.

Anticipate where errors might happen.
Log every error to the error handler.
Write clearly understandable error message text. (The Mssg and Dtls variables)

The error handler takes care of reporting the library/class/method which reported the error. You simply need to report additional helpful error message and details information.
Check the return flag or value from every method which you call and bail out if the flag or value is communicating an error.
End every visual class public methods with an if error test which sends a $promptonceLastError message to the error handler if an error was detected by the visual class public method code.

The StudioWorks error handler has specific log error methods which make it easier for you to log certain types of errors. Study the different $log...Error methods in the oErrorHandler object class to become familiar with them. By using the correct method you can save yourself some time, and your user will get an error message with with the appropriate icon and error message information.

In some cases the error is not a program error. For example the user enters an incorrect password. A non-visual class method can send a $logMinorError message to the error handler and return false to the sender. The visual class method then sends a $promptonceLastError message to the error handler and the user is prompted with a non-threatening error message.

Click the Run Demo button in the StudioTips Browser window to see a demonstration.

Do not use OK message commands in your non-visual class methods. If you ever try to run your StudioWorks app as web server app the OK message commands will halt your application on the web server preventing it from responding to any further requests. Someone will have to go to the server and click the OK message to allow it to continue. Not a good thing.

Overriding a Method

When overriding a superclass method in StudioWorks, to avoid duplication, you should normally first Do inherited and then add your subclass specific method code.

; Run the superclass code
Do inherited Returns FlagOK
If FlagOK
; Do the subclass additional code.
End If

Using the 4GL Do inherited command you can get away with not declaring the parameters in the subclass, but if you put a breakpoint on the Do inherited and step up into the superclass method the parameters in the superclass method will be empty. For the superclass code to work while stepping through a Do inherited, the correct parameters must also be declared in the subclass method. If you need any of the parameters in the subclass method, you will need to declare the parameters in the subclass. Sometimes is it easier to copy the entire superclass method, which also copies the parameters to the subclass, and then delete the code from the sublclass method and enter Do inherited at the top of the subclass method. See the steps below for the proper way to copy a superclass method to a subclass.

Running the superclass method isn't always possible. In some cases you will have to copy the superclass method to the subclass and then modify the copied method in the subclass.

Use the following steps to copy a superclass method to the subclass.

Select the superclass method from the subclass. The superclass method will be in blue text.
Double-click anywhere on the superclass code. This takes you up to the superclass method.
Right-click on the superclass method > select Copy. This copies the entire method to the clipboard.
Close the superclass methods IDE window.
Right-Click on the superclass method in the subclass > select Override Method.
Right-Click on the overridden superclass method in the subclass > select Paste. This copies the entire method from the clipboard to the subclass.

If you only copy the method text from the superclass to the subclass you run the risk of having the superclass parameters being copied into the subclass method in the wrong order, which very quickly breaks your code and can lead to hours of debugging. I know this from first hand experience.

Calling a Superclass Private Method

You may run into a situation where there is a private in an StudioWorks superclass which you want to call from your subclass. Rather than copying the private method to your subclass you can add a protected method in the superclass which calls the private superclass method and then post a request to the StudioWorks list to add the protected method the superclass in the StudioWorks framework. This way you can immediately using the superclass private method and the next release will work without modification as long as the superclass method you requested is added to the framework. Here's an example.

You subclass oStartupTaskDefaultMethods to your main library.
You want to add to the setDefaultsAndPrefs method, but it is a private method called from the $constructMethod method.

Here's what you can do.

Find all occurrences of Do method setDefaultsAndPrefs in oStartupTaskDefaultMethods and change them to Do $cinst.$_setDefaultsAndPrefs 2. Add a $_setDefaultsAndPrefs method to the superclass which has the following code:

Do method setDefaultsAndPrefs Return FlagOK
Quit Method FlagOK

Override the method in your subclass and enter the following code:

Do inherited Return FlagOK
If FlagOK
; Do the additional stuff you wanted to do
End if
Quit method FlagOK

Send a request to the StudioWorks members list to add $_setDefaultsAndPrefs to oStartTaskDefaultMethods for the next release. When the next release comes out you don't need to change any code. If I decide to rename or refactor the private method in the superclass your code won't get busted. If I add or fix code in the superclass private method, your subclass will use it. If I decide to move the private method code to the protected method and delete the private method nothing is broken.
Background - Private methods give me much more flexibility because they are inside the box where I can still play with them. As soon as a method name has a $ character prefix, I can't mess with the name, the purpose, the parameters, etc. If you are coding from my end, you soon realize how restrictive that is... especially in the early stage of developing an object when you need to refactor the methods and code a few times as it progresses and gains clarity over the course of several releases. -- Doug K.
Prompting the User

Only prompt the user from public visual class methods.

In the context of the StudioWorks framework visual classes are:
1. Window classes
2. Menu classes
3. Toolbar classes
4. Menu observer object classes (oReportsMenuObserver, oSpecialReportsMenuObserver)
5. Startup_Task $construct and $destruct methods.
All other classes should be considered to be non-visual classes and therefore should never prompt the user.

In the context of the StudioWorks framework public methods are:
1. Methods which begin with the $ character, excluding those which begin with $_ character.
You have several choices for prompting the user:
1. Omnis Studio 4GL commands: OK, Yes/No, No/Yes, Prompt for input These are modal prompts (they halt code execution), and they have a 255 character limit.
2. StudioWorks oPrompts object methods which you access via the prmpts task variable. These are modal prompts which use one font size for the message text and a small font size for the additional details text. The StudioWorks prompts do not have a limit on the number of characters. The StudioWorks prompts do string table translations on any text strings that are in the format stbname.stbid.
3. StudioWorks oModelessPrompts object methods which you access via the modelessprmpt task variable. These are modeless prompts which use one font size for the message text and a small font size for the additional details text. The StudioWorks prompts do not have a limit on the number of characters. The StudioWorks prompts do string table translations on any text strings that are in the format stbname.stbid.
  
  The StudioWorks modeless prompts let you build custom prompts or input prompts which can be a combination of radio buttons, checkboxes, etc. See StudioWorks > Prompts documentation for more information.
Click the Run Demo button in the StudioTips Browser window for a demo of the different prompts.
Database and SQL

If flag trueThe StudioWorks framework uses the table class tBase for all selects, fetches, inserts, updates, and deletes with the database.

The StudioWorks framework makes extensive use of the Omnis Studio $smartlist functions. When you set a list to be a smartlist, Omnis Studio makes a hidden history list. The history list keeps track of lines added, lines changed, and lines deleted from the original list at the time is was set to be a smartlist. The smartlist eliminates all the code you would have to write to keep track of which lines in a list need to be inserted into the database, which lines need to update records in the database, and which lines need to delete records in the database. You simply issue a $dowork and Omnis Studio does the database work for you. (StudioWorks uses a modified version of $dowork which it has named $doworkBatch)

Without the StudioWorks framework you would need to write at least the following code to update a batch of contact records in the database.

Calculate HostName as 'PathToTheOmnisDataFile'
Calculate UserName as 'TheUserName'
Calculate Password as 'ThePassword'
Calculate SessionName as 'TheSessionName'
Do SessionObj.$logon(HostName,UserName,Password,SessionName) Returns FlagOK
If not(FlagOK)
   ; Log the $logon error here.
Else
   Do List.$definefromsqlclass('myAppModule.sContacts')
   Calculate List.$sessionobject as SessionObj
   Do List.$select() Returns FlagOK
   If not(FlagOK)
      ; Log the SQL error here.
   Else
      Do List.$fetch(kFetchAll) Returns FetchStatus
      If FetchStatus=kFetchError
         ; Log the SQL error here.
         Calculate FlagOK as kFalse
      Else
         Do List.$smartlist.$assign(kTrue)
         For List.$line from 1 to List.$linecount step 1
            Calculate List.ColName as 'SomeValue'
            Calculate List.ModBy as UserName
            Calculate List.ModDateTime as #D
            Calculate List.EditNum as List.EditNum+1
         End For
         Do List.$dowork() Returns FlagOK
      End If
   End If
End If
Quit method FlagOK

With the StudioWorks framework the following code accomplishes the same thing.

; Ask the oSQLLists object to return a defined list bound to the correct session object.
; If there is an error oSQLLists will log the error for you.
Do lsts.$retDefinedList('sContact') Returns List
If List.$colcount

   ; Ask the tBase table class to select and get all the records.
   ; If there is an error tBase will log the error for you.
   Do List.$getAllRecords() Returns FlagOK
   If FlagOK

      Do List.$smartlist.$assign(kTrue)

      For List.$line from 1 to List.$linecount step 1
         Calculate List.ColName as 'SomeValue'
         ; Setting the admin columns (EditNum, InsBy, InsDateTime, ModBy, ModDateTime) is handled by tBase.
      End For

      ; A custom dowork method in tBase, $doworkBatch, updates all the admin columns for you.
      ; If there is an error tBase will log the error for you.
      Do List.$doworkBatch() Returns FlagOK
   End If
End If
Quit method FlagOK

You can go a long ways with just the above snip of code. The code breaks down to 5 steps:
1. Define the SQL list variable. Always to this by sending a $retDefinedList message to the oSQLLists object.
  
  Do lsts.$retDefinedList('SchemaOrQueryClassName') Return List
2. Fetch the record(s) you want update. Always use one of the $get... methods of the tBase table class.
  
  Do List.$getWhere(WhereRowOrWhereText) Return FlagOK
3. Set the data list variable to be a smartlist.
  
  Do List.$smartlist.$assign(kTrue)
4. Make your changes to the smarlist.
5. When you are ready to update the database issue a $doworkBatch
  
  Do List.$doworkBatch() Return FlagOK
There is a lot more that the StudioWorks framework tBase table class can do for you. Study the public methods of tBase to see what is available to you. See StudioWorks > SQL documentation for more info.
SubWindows

Every window and subwindow that you instantiate in StudioWorks must have a unique window instance ID. We refer to the unique window instance as the WinInstID.

The WinInstID, CountryList, would be a headed list window used for displaying a list of Countries in the Country table.

The WinInstID, CountryEdit would be a window with entry fields used for editing new or existing Country table records.

Default WinInstIDs are automatically generated by StudioWorks for every server table based schema class in each module. The WinInstIDs use the naming convention TablenameList and TablenameEdit, where Tablename is the cap() value of the server table name in the database.

You can declare your own custom WinInstIDs in the $addCustomWinInstIDs method oWindowList in each module.

Information about each WinInstID is gathered from the oWindowsList object in each module. The information is stored in the oWindows object where it can be accessed through the task variable wn. To look at the WinInstID information you would issue:

Do wn.$retWinListRow('CountryList') Return Row

Virtually every WinInstID is instantiated as a subwindow inside of a parent shell window.

The Main Window is a subclass of wShell with a navigation treelist subwindow added to it.

The wShell window class is designed so that it can instantiate an infinite number of subwindows. The wShell window class keeps track of the subwindows it instantiates in its own subwindows list and subwindows stack.

When you click a node in the navigation treelist a message is sent from the treelist subwindow to the main window shell asking it to prepare and open a specific WinInstID. The main window checks to see if the WinInstID has already been instantiated. If not, it adds a subwindow field, and based on the information in the windows list, it sets the $classname property of the new subwindow field. This immediately instantiates the window class inside the subwindow field. The subwindow is brought to the front by hiding the previous subwindow and making the new subwindow visible.

Each subwindow in StudioWorks is designed to be self-contained. It can have its own title, toolbar, and pushbuttons. The subwindow has very little dependence on the shell window which instantiates it. For example, the CountryList subwindow constructs its own headed list, toolbar, and search bar. When a user presses New on the toolbar a $new message is sent to the subwindow. The subwindow finds out from the meta-data that the WinInstID, CountryEdit, is used for creating new records and it sends a message to its shell asking the shell to prepare a CountryEdit WinInstID. The shell prepares the WinInstID as a subwindow and returns a reference to the $new method which then sends a $newRecord message to CountryEdit. CountryList also attaches itself as an observer to CountryEdit asking to be notified if the database is changed. CountryEdit is self-contained, so it knows what to do.
By making each subwindow as independent as possible, we can more easily use a window class in different situations. If you shift+click on a node in the navigation treelist the same subwindow will be instantiated in a separate shell; where you can click the New button and see the very same behavior.
Container Windows

The next level in using subwindows is to combine several subwindows inside a container window. Instead of instantiating just a ContactsList window, you might want to have the ContactList subwindow in the top half of the window and the ContactEdit subwindow in the bottom half of the window. Clicking on a contact in the list subwindow triggers displaying the contact details in the edit subwindow. A window which instantiates more than one subwindow is called a container window.

The Town/City Lookups window is a container window. It has a tab pane interface with each tab being a separate WinInstID.

The StudioWorks framework ships with a number of container window superclasses and templates which you can copy and play around with. These container windows have not been extensively developed or documented so you have to be prepared to do some investigative learning.

The container window attempts to take typical window layouts and use generic code to reduce the amount of code you have to write in order to make them work. If you double-click on the subwindow field, you will find a $:InitialWinInstID property method. Enter the WinInstID you want that subwindow to intially be instantiated as.

Good luck. Feel free to create you own custom container windows. The container windows gets into the realm of your domain because this is where things get very application and developer specific.

From the object-oriented point of view, the shell window sends messages to the container window. The container window is fully responsible for its subwindows. A subwindow should not communicate directly to another subwindow, rather it should send the message to its container, and the container passes the message to the other subwindow.
For example, in the contacts list/edit container window we talked about at the beginning, when the user clicks on a contact in the list, the container window should be sent a message notifying it of this event. The container then sends an $editRecord message to the edit subwindow. Try to avoid having subwindows talk directly to each other. Like a family, the parents usually know best because they see the bigger picture, so it's best to work through the parents.
Writing Reports
See StudioWorks > Reports documentation. Let Doug know if you need more documentation or examples.
Version 2010-07-16

This is a minor release with various bug fixes and minor enhancements.
1. Default Window Instances - Default window instances can now be removed by unchecking has default window instances in the schema metadata editor.
2. New Record Copy - New Record Copy now doesn't overwrite copied values with defaults. It will still evaluate default values of [refscounters] and update those columns as well as primary keys and admin columns.
3. Lookups and Contains - Contains lookups can now be done with a start lookup char of 1. The default start lookup character has been changed to 2. Contains lookups with a start character of 1 may not work on all database backends.
4. Searchbars - Searchbar columns lists are no longer sorted in alphabetical order. They are listed in the order they appear in the SQL class being used.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your application and test.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
swBase4

oDBSessionMethods_base/$reconnectSession_IPAddrChanged (2010-07-14 Josh L.)
Replaced the OK Message with a logAction to the error handler so it won't pop up on the Webserver version of Omnis Studio.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:hasdefaultwininsts (2010-06-29 Josh L.)
Method added to support deleting default window instances.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:hasdefaultwininsts.$assign (2010-06-29 Josh L.)
Method added to support deleting default window instances.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/update_lookupstartchar (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
Let the developer choose when to use contains and at what point the lookup character starts. I also changed the default start lookup char to 2 so the defaults should work with all databases.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/update_lookupstartchar (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
Added an end if at the end of the block of end ifs to line up the code properly.

oTableClassMethods_base/$selectCustom (2010-07-08 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
Added the fixsqltext_like to change like to ilike in PostgreSQL.
wSQLMetaDataSchemaClassEditor_View/$event (2010-06-29 Josh L.)
Checkbox added to support deleting default window instances.
swDocs4
No modifications
swGui4

wEdit_abstract/$newRecordCopy (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
Moved $setDefaults to before assigning the columns to the new line. Also got the columnslist for the schema and found all columns with a default value of [refscounter] and removed them from the lists cols list. Then assigned the remaining columns from the row to the list. The code assigning foreign keys is no longer necessary.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/setListProperties (2010-07-08 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
Assign the translated values to the columns list fields.

wLookupList/setSize (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
Add a generic whatever has been calculated for the column name as the column name for non-translatable column names.

wLookupList/setSize (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
Try to calculate the actual column name even if it's buried inside a calculation

wSearchbar_abstract/$initialize (2010-07-13 Josh L.)
don't sort by label, the list is already sorted by order of the columns in the schema/query class.
wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/$deleteSelectedWinInstIDs (2010-06-29 Josh L.)
Allow default wininstids to be deleted and the schema column hasdefaultwininstids to be zeroed.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4

oRefs/$retLookupList (2010-07-09 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
Add the RefsSortOrder column to the Return List so it will sort properly.
oRefs/$saveRefsRecord (2010-07-08 Josh L.)
Reversed Mod 6. Mod 6 probably came about because of the way the refs row was initialized. It's somewhat confusing to have to assign the same values to the same row multiple times.
swReports4
No modifications
swWeb4
No modifications
Version 2010-05-30

This is a minor release with various bug fixes and minor enhancements.
1. DB Inserts & Updates - Check to see if an admin column in a query is already specified for each admin column present before assigning vars. This results in the first instance of the admin column being chosen for each query rather than the last one.
2. SQL MetaData - For queries with custom string tables, default the stbname for each column to the stbname from the query class rather than that of the schema class.
3. Window Active Commands - Added a case for view if edit is in the list as 'view' isn't enabled if the user doesn't have edit abilities.
4. Container Windows Toolbar - Allow the toolbar to be visible if it only has Menus on it, same as wBase_Toolbar_Titlebar_abstract.
5. Lookup Edit Subwindows - Let the user change tabs, prompt to save if closing modified tabs this is changed from not allowing the user to change tabs.
6. Languages - Adding and Deleting Languages now written and tested.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your application and test.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
swBase4

oConstants/$:WebAppCSSFolderURL (2009-10-26 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Change from pos('http://') to mid(...1,4) to handle http & https.

oConstants/$:WebAppJavaScriptFolderURL (2009-10-26 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Change from pos('http://') to mid(...1,4) to handle http & https.

oConstants/$:WebAppServerCGI (2009-10-26 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Change from pos('http://') to mid(...1,4) to handle http & https.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_logError (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Commented out and removed the errhndler.$logError... as that prompts the developer in the middle of the sync.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/$getQueryColsDefaultsRow (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Default the stbname to the stbname from the query class rather than that of the schema class. Added the pfQueryColsDataList parameter as well.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$loadData (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Added the QueryClassDataList so we can default the stbname to the one from the columns Query if it is entered.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/syncColumnsForSQLClass_full (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Added the QueryClassDataList so we can default the stbname to the one from the columns Query if it is entered.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/syncColumnsForSQLClass_revert (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Added the QueryClassDataList so we can default the stbname to the one from the columns Query if it is entered.

oObject_template/$ping (2009-11-03 Doug K per Birger R & Chuck M)
Modifed $ping message to be able to send $ping to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$_retSecurityUserRowFromDBUserRow (2010-05-11 Josh L as per Andy H.)
Added initialization for iSecurityUsersList and iSecurityInfoRow which aren't initialized when doing an initial db sync.

oStringTables/$rebuildStringTables (2010-05-11 Doug K)
Added method to rebuild string table table (copied and modified from the Programmer Menu) for use by the string tables editor/model objects.

oStringTablesEditor_Model/$addLanguage (2010-05-11 Doug K.)
Test and complete the $addLanguage method code.

oStringTablesEditor_Model/$deleteLanguage (2010-05-11 Doug K.)
Test and complete the $deleteLanguage method code.

oStringTablesEditor_Model/$exportStringTables (2010-05-11 Doug K.)
Write and test the $exportStringTables method code.

oTableClassMethods_base/$:FetchAllWhereRow (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Added the functionality to use Omnis Date manipulations in the FetchAll where text with guidance from Andy H.

oTableClassMethods_base/$_initialize_SpecialCols (2010-05-12 Josh L as per Will Adkin)
Check to see if an admin column is already specified for each admin column before assigning vars. This results in the first instance of the admin column being chosen rather than the last one.

wDBAdminTables/buildTablesList (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Add a sort for the tables list so we don't rely on the database returning them in any kind of order.
wStringTablesSchemasEditor_View/$addChildNodes (2010-05-11 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
Added a sort (by schemaname) to the classes (nodes under the libraries) of the treelist.
swDocs4
No modifications
swGui4

oConcretizer/addProgrammerDebugButton (2009-11-10 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Add extra $ping calls to other possible subwindow in the ProgrammerDebugButton method. Created _ProgrammerDebugButton_template method to copy the $methodtext from.

oConcretizer/setTextAndTooltipProperties (2010-05-11 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
updated the string table translation to use both stbname and servertablename if they are different.

oMenus/$retWindowMenusList (2009-10-22 Doug K.)
Deleted unused parameter, pMenuID.

oPrompts/$promptInputVars (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Changed the Input1 - 4 parameters to 100000000 length characters (up from 100).

oWindowInstancesListEditor_Controller/$connectView (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Modified the controller to initialize the contained window instances list subwindow.

oWindowInstancesListEditor_Controller/$setandsaveContainedWinInstsList (2009-10-22 Doug K.)
Added method to set and save the containedwininstslist for container windows.

oWindowInstances_Model/$:About Window Instances Model (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added 'containedwininstslist' properties to sWindows_listdef. This properties allow the developer to specify generic patterns for container windows. This prepares the way for extending StudioWorks to autoconfig container windows, and generate them for HTML and remote forms.

oWindowInstances_Model/$:containedwininstslist (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added setter and getter methods for 'containedwinintslist' property.

oWindowInstances_Model/$initialize (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Modified method to instantiate and initialize the contained window instances model object.

oWindowInstances_Model/$setandsaveContainedWinInstsList (2009-10-22 Doug K.)
Added method to set and save the containedwininstslist for container windows.

oWindowInstances_Model/initializeContainedWinInstsListModel (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added method to initialize the contained window instances model object.

oWindowInstances_Model/instantiateContainedWinInstsListModel (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added method to instantiate the contained window instances model object.

oWindowInstances_Model_ContainedWinInstsList/$#About ContainedWinInstsList (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added new object class to model the containedwininstslist property.

oWindowInstances_Tool/$retDefinedContainedWinInstsList (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added a method that returns a defined containedwininstslist.

oWindowInstances_Tool/$retWinTypesList (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added wintypes: container_horzsplit, container_tabsplit, container_vertsplit These are new wintypes for describing the patterns of different generic container window instances. Also added wintype 'grid' for describing an autoconfig complex grid with list/edit capabilities.

oWindowInstances_Tool/retDefinedContainedWinInstsList (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added a method that returns a defined containedwininstslist.

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2010-05-10 Josh L.)
Took out the final else calculate toolbar.$visible as kfalse because it is no longer needed.

wBase_abstract/$_retActiveCmndsList_winslist (2010-04-23 Josh L.)
Added a case for view if edit is in the list as 'view' isn't enabled if the user doesn't have edit abilities.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$viewRecord (2010-05-10 Josh L.)
Added Quit method FlagOK so this method can actually be used without producing an error

wContainer_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2010-04-08 Josh L.)
Copied this method from wBase_Toolbar_Titlebar_abstract which works much better. The OldCode at the bottom is this window's initial method.

wLookupList/setSize (2010-05-07 Josh L as per Andy H.)
Show the column headers if there are multiple columns.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria/$initialize (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Updated the string table translation to use both stbname and servertablename if they are different

wPromptInput/addFieldsAndLabels (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Updated this method to only calculate the left part of the label for Radio button Strings.

wPromptInput/addFieldsAndLabels (2010-05-11 Josh L.)
Workaround for Mac and Omnis <5 to use Arial 11pt font to calculate the size.

wSearchbar_abstract/$initialize (2010-05-11 Josh L. as per Andy H.)
updated the string table translation to use both stbname and servertablename if they are different.

wShell_Lookup/$event (2010-05-07 Josh L.)
Let the user change tabs, prompt to save if closing modified tabs.

wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/$#About Window Instances List Editor (2009-10-20 Doug K.)
Added tab pane object and a second tab with a subwindow for editing the containedwininstslist.
wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/$#About Window Instances List Editor (2010-05-12 Josh L.)
Changed the devclassname listheight to 30 from 50.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
oReportInstsList_Model/saveChangedData (2009-11-26 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Change $search from sqlclassname to reportinstid
swWeb4
No modifications
Version 2009-10-10

This is a minor release with various bug fixes and minor enhancements.
1. Lookup List More Button - Each time the user clicks the More button, the lookup list scroll to the end to give visual feedback to the user that more records have been fetched.
2. Query Builder - Enhanced duplicate query prompt and methods to allow the user to select a different target library for the duplicate query.
3. $isNumber - Now using the isnumber() function. This also solves the localization problem with countries that you , comma for the decimal character.
4. Format Phone Number - Added an enhancement to oFormatPhoneNumber to set a default prefix. This allows user to just enter the last 4 digits of a North American phone number with the area code and prefix automatically being added.
5. Programmer Workbench VCS Bugs - Fixed some VCS related bugs that were causing false error messages.
6. Prompt for Input - Changes made for longer labels getting cut off. There is still a problem with Mac OS X calculating the text width in OS 4, that has been fixed in OS 5.
7. Pushbuttons Spacing - Fixed a small bug that was causing incorrect positioning of pushbuttons in wPushbuttons.
8. Toolbar Buttons - Fixed a small bug with the $removeButton code.
9. FileOps External Unicode Change - Changed $readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String) in several location. oOpenLibraries needs to be recopied from swBase4 to your application's main library. (See update notes below)
10. Blowfish External Changed from $decrypt to $decryptchar for Omnis 5 blowfish object.
11. Web Security Fixed encrypt/decrypt security code using bintohex() and binfromhex() functions.
12. Email Send Added a second SMTPSend attempt if the first attempt fails. Some ISPs automatically reject the first attempt to reduce spam.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your application.
5. Copy the oOpenLibraries object from swBase4/Tools to your main library. (Required for Omnis Studio 5.0)
6. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain
oOpenLibraries/retPathStudioWorksFolder (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

oEmail/$sendEmail (2009-10-06 Doug K per Mike M.)
If first SMTPSend fails, give it one more try.

oEncryptDecrypt/$decryptList (2009-10-07 Doug K.)
Changed from $decrypt to $decryptchar for Omnis 5 blowfish object.

oEncryptDecrypt/$decryptString (2009-10-07 Doug K.)
Changed from $decrypt to $decryptchar for Omnis 5 blowfish object.

oEncryptDecrypt/$encryptList (2009-10-07 Doug K.)
Changed from $encrypt to $encryptchar for Omnis 5 blowfish object.

oEncryptDecrypt/$encryptString (2009-10-07 Doug K.)
Changed from $encrypt to $encryptchar for Omnis 5 blowfish object.

oExportImportData/$importReturnList (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

oFunctions/$isNumber (2009-10-01 Doug K.)
Replaced old method code with the new isnumber() function. This also solves the localization problem with German decimal separator as noted by Matthias H.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$updateQueryCols_addschemacolname (2009-08-27 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Set rClass in the loop.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$updateQueryCols_moveschemacolname (2009-08-27 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Set rClass in the loop.

oOpenLibraries/retPathStudioWorksFolder (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathStudioWorksFolder (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$retStartupItemsFilePropertiesList (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

oPrimaryKeys/$getNextPrimaryKey (2009-10-01 Doug K per Andy H.)
Added an isclear(pfRetNextKey) test if FlagOK=kTrue, just to be sure a valid pkey value is returned.

oStartupSettingsFile/loadStartupItemsFilePropertiesList (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

wLogFileViewer/loadLogFileContents (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$duplicateClass (2009-10-02 Doug K per Mike M request.)
Enhanced method to allow duplicate a query to a different library.
wSQLQueryBuilder/$duplicateClass_continue (2009-10-02 Doug K per Mike M request.)
Added method to allow duplicate a query to a different library.
swDocs4

oPaths/$:PathStudioWorksFolder (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.
oPaths/$retStartupItemsFilePropertiesList (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,String). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.
swGui4

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/$fetchMore (2009-10-02 Doug K.)
Send bScrollToEndofList=kTrue to setLookupListField method.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/event_evMouseDown_LookupsList (2009-10-01 Doug K per Chuck M.)
$setLookup is being called twice when the user clicks on the lookup list. To avoid the double call, set ibModified in this handler to kFalse after calling 'selectLookupListFieldLine'.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/setLookupListField (2009-08-08 Doug K.)
Added helpful OK message with debug hint if the lookup list window reference hasn't been set.

oFormatPhoneNumber/$:DefaultPrefix (2009-08-29 Doug K.)
Added telphone prefix property

oFormatPhoneNumber/$formatPhoneNumber (2009-08-29 Doug K.)
Added code to allow use of a telphone prefix.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$updateIcon (2009-10-07 Doug K.)
Modified code to search for pos(low(pNewIconName) and pos(low(pOldIconName) so that it has better chance of catching wininstids that need their icon recalculated.

oWindowInstancesListEditor_Controller/$loadData (2009-08-21 Josh L.)
Save any changed data before loading new data. Loading new data will not change anything in the lists, and to do this, I have to make sure all previous changes are saved.

oWindowInstances_Model/$rebuildData (2009-08-21 Josh L.)
rebuilding the window instances list now only takes out the lines that are not in the rebuilt list and adds in new lines.

wEdit_abstract/$control (2009-08-07 Josh L. as per Chuck M.)
Tested if the mode is view, then keypresses and mouse-clicks shouldn't set the window as modified ... mainly because they shouldn't modify the data.

wList_autoconfig/$attachHeadedListEventsObserver (2009-08-28 Doug K.)
Added method to allow others to attach themselves as observers directly to the headed list events.

wLookupList/$set (2009-10-02 Doug K per Chuck M)
Added parameter pbScrollToEndOfList and code to execute this. This is used when the user clicks the "More" button.

wPromptInput/$:PreferredHeight (2009-08-27 Josh L.)
Add instance var to keep spacer height the same across methods and provide a single place to change it according to application.

wPromptInput/_addFieldAtPos (2009-08-27 Josh L.)
Add instance var to keep spacer height the same across methods and provide a single place to change it according to application.

wPromptInput/addFieldsAndLabels (2009-08-20 Josh L.)
I noticed there were some prompts with very long labels which were getting cut off. This precalculates the label width and field left so the prompt displays correctly NOTE: This only works if the template label and field have a valid font and size > 0. (On my test mac this is not the case so it uses the template label width) Added Note: Tested this in Omnis Studio 5 and the $wintextwidth function now works with Mac OS X theme fonts.

wPromptInput/addFieldsAndLabels (2009-08-27 Josh L.)
Add instance var to keep spacer height the same across methods and provide a single place to change it according to application.

wPushbuttons/$resize (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed 'type' to 'objtype' to correct spacing problem.

wToolbar/$#About (2009-10-01 Doug K.)
Moved IconWidth local variable to class variable and renamed as ckIconWidth.

wToolbar/$#About (2009-10-01 Doug K.)
Moved iSpacerWidth instance variable to class variable and renamed as ckSpacerWidth.

wToolbar/$#About (2009-10-01 Doug K.)
Created class variable ckGap=16 to replace place in code where '16' is hard coded in.

wToolbar/$addButton (2009-10-06 Doug K.)
Set the icon to k16x16. In Omnis Studio 5 one of the icons was showing up as 32x32.

wToolbar/$removeButton (2009-10-01 Doug K per Andy H)
Recalc iCurrWidth when removing a button.
wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/$event (2009-08-24 Josh L.)
Commented out saving the Menu Data because I don't understand why we need to save that after we rebuild the Window Data.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
No modifications
swWeb4

oHTMLSecurity/decryptSessionID (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Added binfromhex() function so that CGIDecode actually works.

oHTMLSecurity/retEncryptedSessionID (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Added bintohex() function so that CGIEncode actually works.
oHTMLTemplates/$retFileText (2009-10-03 Doug K.)
Changed FileOp.$readfile to $readcharacter(kUniTypeAuto,HTML). $readfile into string breaks in Omnis Studio 5.
Version 2009-07-31

This is a minor release with various bug fixes. No major enhancements.
1. Prompt Shell - Fixed the problem with event handling that surface with Omnis Studio 4.3.1.4 and the wrong button name being returned.
2. SQL Lists - Added iDefinedLists ivar and code which caches defined lists for runtime versions only, and only for the current session.
3. Headed List Totals - Changed so that a total of zero will display the zero character in the totals.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your application and test it.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain
No modifications
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$_syncTableAndColumns (2009-06-11 Doug K.)
Overrode this superclass method and added code to remove the fkey and pkey constraints from the constraints list. This change might be worthwhile pushing up to the superclass, but more extensive testing is needed.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$syncDatabaseTablesToSchemas (2009-06-11 Doug K per Will Adkin.)
Added a few extra 'setTransactionIsolationLevel_alter' calls as it seems to be getting unset when syncing tables.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/syncCollations (2009-06-11 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Add 'StmntObj' parameter to the log error.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$insertEmptyRecords (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
Commented out "Do Row.$:UserKey.$assign(UserID)", The "$:UserKey.$assign" method has been deprecated.

oIconsList_Model/$deleteIcon (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
After the line is deleted and the next line is selected, correctly reset irSchema.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_schemacolname (2009-07-22 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Bug fix. Incorrect parameters were being sent to oQueryClassModel.$updateQueries_schemacolname so queries columns were not being update.

oSQLLists/$:USERKEY.$assign (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
Deleted iUserKey from the ivars.

oSQLLists/$retDefinedList (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
Added iDefinedLists ivar and code which caches defined list for runtime versions only, and only for the current session.

oSQLLists/addListToDefinedLists (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
Added new method.

oTableClassMethods_base/$:USERKEY.$assign (2009-06-09 Doug K.)
Deleted the iUserKey ivar.

tBase/$#About (2009-05-07 Josh L.)
Set all Task and Instance vars to include library prefix which didn't already have it. Necessary for subclassing ease.
wIconsListEditor_View/event_evClick (2009-06-09 Doug K per Mike M)
Modified code to automatically prompt the user to add an iconname if the sIcons class is empty.
swDocs4
No modifications
swGui4

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wBase_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wComplexGrid_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_Edit_Edit_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$subwinCmnd (2009-06-03 Josh L.)
Added a new part to the case 'newrecordcopy' that was not previously there.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_ListChildren_Edit_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_ListChildren_Edit_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_List_Edit_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_List_Edit_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_List_ListChildren_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_List_ListChildren_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_TabEdit_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_TabEdit_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_TabListSpecific_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_TabList_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_TabList_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_Tab_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_Tab_template/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wContainer_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wEditList_abstract/$newRecordCopy (2009-06-11 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Added code to make sure the foreign key values match the copy row. Removed early exits and cleaned up error handling.

wEditList_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wEdit_abstract/$newRecordCopy (2009-06-11 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Added code to make sure the foreign key values match the copy row. Removed early exits and cleaned up error handling.

wEdit_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wEdit_autoconfig/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wListMini_autoconfig/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wList_abstract/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wList_autoconfig/$ping (2009-06-09 Doug K per Birger R)
Added extra $ping message to various possible subwindows for use by the developer.

wPromptShell/$event (2009-05-07 Doug K.)
Added ibIgnoreButtonPressed to prevent QueueOK from changing the value.

wPromptShell/$event_ButtonPressed (2009-05-07 Doug K.)
Further problems with button pressed getting changed. Rewrote method and added ibIgnoreButtonPressed to prevent QueueOK from changing the value.

wShell/$prepareSubWin (2009-06-09 Doug K. per Birger R.)
Added parameter bInvisible=kTrue when adding subwindow field instead of setting $top to -10000 pixels.

wShell_Lookup/$closeSubWin (2009-06-09 Doug K per Andy H.)
Removed animator code to speed up remote performance.

wShell_Lookup/$showSubWin (2009-06-09 Doug K per Andy H.)
Removed animator code to speed up remote performance.
wTotals/addField (2009-06-09 Doug K per Mike M.)
Change $zeroshowempty from kTrue to kFalse.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
No modifications
swWeb4

oHTMLSecurity/decryptSessionID (2009-06-11 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Added 'CGIDecode' to solve the problem with funky encryption characters that mess up HTML.
oHTMLSecurity/retEncryptedSessionID (2009-06-11 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Added 'CGIEncode' to solve the problem with funky encrytpion characters that mess up HTML.
Version 2009-04-30

This is a minor release with various bug fixes. No major enhancements.
1. $:UserKey - Caching the current userkey value in the tBase/oTableClassMethods objects give problems if you want to temporarily switch the current user without doing a full signin. The table class methods have been modified to fetch the current $:UserKey from oSecurity when needed. The $UserKey.$assign method has been deprecated in tBase and oTableClassMethods_abstract. There is virtually zero performance impact.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your application and test it.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain
No modifications
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/retTableOID (2009-02-05 Josh L. & Doug K.)
Select the lines which match the tablename (case insensitive) and take the last one. if there are no lines returned, log an error.

oDBSessionMethods_SQLSERVER/$tables (2009-03-26 Doug K per Frank Bradley.)
Overrode the superclass method and changed 'iSessionRow.tablesownername' to 'dbo'

oEmail/pingSMTPServer (2009-03-31 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
Commented out TCPReceive as the Windows version gets hung up waiting for a reply from a disconnected socket.

oErrorHandler/$logProgramError_InvalidParameter (2009-04-06 Josh L.)
The if statement was never true, so changed it to test length. Changed calculation of Dtls from con(pDtls_opt,kcr,kcr,pDtls_opt) to con(Dtls,kcr,kcr,pdtls_opt)

oFunctions/$replaceallCaseInsensitive (2009-02-10 Doug K.)
Increased variables length to 1000000 characters to avoid truncating any text.

oFunctions/$retListFromTextString (2009-03-26 Doug K per Mike Matthews)
Bug fix. Changed con(kCr+kLf) to con(kCr,kLf).

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/update_extrasqltext_tableandcolname (2009-02-10 Doug K.)
Increased variables length to 1000000 characters to avoid truncating any text.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/update_extrasqltext_tablename (2009-02-10 Doug K.)
Increased variables length to 1000000 characters to avoid truncating any text.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/update_servertablename (2009-02-09 Doug K.)
Added a bunch of checks for len(OldBaseTable), len(NewBaseTable), len(pOldServerTableName), len(pNewServerTableName) so that empty values don't get updated.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/syncColumnsForSQLClass_full (2009-02-09 Doug K.)
Only send an $updateStringTableRow message if StbName and StbID are not empty.

oSQLChildRecords/$doesRestrictedDeleteChildRecordExist (2009-02-17 Doug K.)
Log error message if flag false.

oSQLLists/$:USERKEY.$assign (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:UserKey.$assign method. Cached values are a problem.

oSQLLists/$retDefinedList (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Removed the code which gets the $:UserKey from oSecurity and sets it in the defined list's table class instance.

oSecurity/$:UserTimeoutMinutes (2009-04-30 Doug K per Tom Maher)
Bug fix. Added '.securityinforow.' to the calculations.

oSecurity/$:UserTimeoutSignOffTime (2009-04-30 Doug K per Tom Maher)
Bug fix. Added '.securityinforow.' to the calculations.

oSecurity/$quickSignIn (2009-02-13 Doug K.)
Added 'quick sign-in' method which lets you switch the current user without changing any permission. This can be useful when sharing a workstation with several users that have the same security settings. Needed to do this for a shipping/receiving workstation in a warehouse. Want to track who entered things, but not require full sign-in.

oSecurity/$retGroupUsersList (2009-04-30 Doug K per bug reported by Will Adkin)
Refetch the users list every time since the groups they are included could have changed.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$reloadModuleData (2009-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method to reload the module data. This is needed if using the VCS after updating an oModuleData class which another developer has modified.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$setTaskVarPropertiesAfterSignIn (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Removed the code which gets the $:UserKey from oSecurity and sets it in the defined list's table class instance.

oStringTables/$reloadModuleData (2009-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method which just reloads the cached list from the oModuleData objects.

oTableClassMethods_SQLSERVER/$doinsertsBatch (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_SQLSERVER/$insertEmptyRecord (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_SQLSERVER/$insertRow (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_base/$:USERKEY.$assign (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:UserKey.$assign method. Cached values are a problem.

oTableClassMethods_base/$doinsertsBatch (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_base/$doupdatesBatch (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_base/$insertEmptyRecord (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_base/$insertRow (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.

oTableClassMethods_base/$setDefaults (2009-02-04 Doug K.)
Send a $setDefaults message to oCheckData if it has a recipient method.

oTableClassMethods_base/$updateRow (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Get the $:UserKey from oSecurity, rather than using the cached iUserKey. Cached values are such a hassle.
tBase/$:USERKEY.$assign (2009-02-11 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:UserKey.$assign method. Cached values are a problem.
swDocs4
No modifications
swGui4

oFieldDecorator_click/$decorateField (2009-04-07 Doug K.)
Enable the default context menu in case it was disabled by 'displayonly' decorator.

oFieldDecorator_displayonly/$decorateField (2009-04-07 Doug K.)
Disable the default context menu for security reasons. Omnis Studio 4.3 fault that doesn't trap evClipChangedData for the default context menu.

oFieldDecorator_normal/$decorateField (2009-04-07 Doug K.)
Enable the default context menu in case it was disabled by 'displayonly' decorator.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2009-04-07 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Added pEventCode=evClipChangedData to the events being trapped. Need this for security on displayonly fields.

oWindows/$reloadModuleData (2009-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method to reload the module data.

wEdit_abstract/$eventClose (2009-04-07 Doug K. per Will Adkin.)
Changed "Set ibModified to kFalse" to "Do $cinst.$:Modified.$assign(kFalse)" so that the code will work if $:Modified is overridden by a developer.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$attachHeadedListEventsObserver (2009-04-30 Doug K. per Will Adkin)
Added method to allow events observers to be attached to the headed list. Added this to change the prompt headed list behavior so that evDoubleClick can Queue OK.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$control (2009-04-30 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Added $notify events observers to the evClick and evDoubleClick events.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$detachHeadedListEventsObserver (2009-04-30 Doug K. per Will Adkin)
Added method to allow a registerd events observer to detach itself.

wPromptDateCalendar/$control (2009-04-30 Doug K per Birger Ragnarson)
Added $control method for issuing 'Done' for enter or return key press.

wPromptShell/$event_ButtonPressed (2009-04-28 Doug K.)
Changed Queue cancel to Queue OK to stop continuous loop in Omnis Studio 4.3.1.4 on Mac OS X. This doesn't affect ButtonPressed value.

wSearchbar_abstract/$find (2009-03-26 Doug K per Andy H)
Calculate the WhereRow value column as "Value" instead of iRow.[ColName] so that if search operator is 'contains' the % character suffix won't get truncated off when a long search value is entered by the user.

wShell_Lookup/$event (2009-04-28 Doug K.)
Don't let the user change tabs using the tab bar. They must either cancel or save to close lookup tabbar windows.

wShell_Lookup/$showSubWin (2009-04-28 Doug K.)
Set ibIgnoreEvents to true while setting the current tab.
wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/runtimizeSelectedWinInstIDs (2009-02-27 Josh L.)
Added the @DEBUG-NOTE comments so Doug can figure out why the errors are coming up whenever a window is runtimized. Then someone tries to access metadata without oModule Data being checked out.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
rReportFields_template/$#About (2009-04-30 Doug K per Andy H)
Made the maximum width of any field 18cms to work with A4 paper.
swWeb4
No modifications
Version 2009-01-31

These version notes cover the minor releases from 2009-01-01 to 2009-01-31
1. Lookups - Fixed a problem with the main list query class using column aliases on lookup columns, and another problem with using foreign views for lookups on foreign keys. Enhancement added to allow the developer to add a $:LookupOrderBy property method to the lookup entry field to control the ORDER BY clause used when fetching lookup records. Bug fixed where returning from adding a new lookup record could wipe out another lookup if the first field in the window was also a lookup field.
2. Security Sign-In Performance - The oSecurity object sign-in speed gets rather slow as you increase the number of users and groups. Loading and reloading the full list of users takes quite a bit of time. Since the full list of users is not normally needed by runtime users oSecurity was modified to only load the users list if $:UsersList is called. All other methods work with the current user or just load the specified user. Making this change required adding methods to the oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract class. To work with this release the oSecurity_DBAccessor object in your SysAdmin module must be subclassed from swBase4. See the update instructions at the end of this section for more details. If you have any custom oSecurity methods that include iUsersList, you will need to modify those methods to first check and if necessary load iUsersList.
3. Security Icons - In the process of testing the $iconlib library property I deleted the #ICONS class from swBase4 in the last release. This caused the Security window to lose all of its multistate icons. The original #ICONS class has been restored to swBase4 in this release.
4. PostgreSQL Change Date to Timestamp - If you changed a date field to a timestamp field the DB Admin tool didn't notice the change and wouldn't alter the column. This has been corrected in this release. Other DAMS might experience the same problem.
5. Manual Transactions $begin - Discovered that after setting a session to manual transactions you need to issue a $begin for $rollback to actually work. To simplify things for StudioWorks developers the $begin has been added to the $transactionmode.$assign method of the oDBSession object class. If the parameter you send to $transactionmode.$assign is kSessionTransManual a $begin will automatically be issued for you.
6. Ping Timeout Default - The default pingtimeout session row property has been changed from 5 to 0 (zero). This means that the database will only be pinged if you change the default value. If you don't change anything the ping won't happen. The database ping was causing more an more headaches for developers.
7. $maxcachedclasses - In the last release the $maxcachedclasses was increased from 200 to 2000 in hopes of seeing improved performance. I was experiencing increased crashed and decided to reduce it back to 200. I'm not certain this was the cause but didn't want to risk it for other StudioWorks developers. Feel free to experiement with different $maxcachedclasses settings.
8. Prompt Method and Error Handling - Added documentation on a strategy for returning a PromptFlag from methods which prompt the user for input and give the user an opportunity to cancel the process. The prompt flag has values of 0=Error, 1=Continue, 2=Stop.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the studioworks folder.
4. Open your SysAdmin module.
  
  a) Rename oSecurity_DBAccessor to X_oSecurity_DBAccessor.
  b) Copy oSecurity_DBAccessor from mySysAdmin to your SysAdmin module.
  c) Rename oMainCo_DBAccessor to X_oMainCo_DBAccessor.
  d) Copy oMainCo_DBAccessor from mySysAdmin to your SysAdmin module.
  
  If you have any custom or modified methods in the above X_ classes, review those methods and copy them to the new classes.
5. Open your application and test it.
6. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain
No modifications
mySysAdmin

oMainco_DBAccessor/$#About (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Set the $superclass to the abstract super class in swBase4 and deleted the subclass methods.
oSecurity_DBAccessor/$#About (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Set the $superclass to the abstract super class in swBase4 and deleted the subclass methods.
swBase4

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$_syncTableAndColumns_getAddAlterColsLists (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Added code to check for timestamp subtype. Change from date to timestamp was being missed for alter columns.

oDBSessionMethods_base/$transactionmode.$assign (2009-01-16 Doug K.)
If the session is being set to manual transactions, automatically issue a $begin.

oEmail/pingSMTPServer (2009-01-12 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
Check for port # appended to IP address and if so, use the specified port.

oFunctions/$dragdropmoveLinesInList (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Using pDragField when removing old lines doesn't work. Use pfListVar instead.

oIconsList_Model/$loadData (2009-01-02 Doug K.)
Reset the smartlist after remove and merge of icons from a schema class. Otherwise all the items are status deleted and inserted.

oModuleDataTool/$canModifyData (2009-01-15 Doug K.)
Added @DEBUG message to assist with tracking down incorrect oModuleData checks.

oSecurity/$:UserCustomInfoRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Get the custominforow from the current user row rather than the users list.

oSecurity/$_UPDATEUSERANDREBUILDLIST (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Deprecated this method. We don't want to be rebuilding the users list in the oSecurity object. (slows performance)

oSecurity/$_retSecurityInfoRow_user (2009-01-07 Doug K.)
Always reload the users list from the database in case the sysadmin changed security settings or other info.

oSecurity/$_retSecurityInfoRow_user (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Just refetch the specified user to improve performance. (Avoid reloading all the users)

oSecurity/$_retSecurityInfoRow_user (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Just update the current user if it matches. Don't bother with iUsersList.

oSecurity/$addUserToGroups (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$getUserKey (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to not use the iUsersList.

oSecurity/$retGroupUsersList (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $:UsersList to get the list of users.

oSecurity/$saveCustomInfoRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$saveUserPasswordInfoRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$saveUserPasswordInfoRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Removed the use of iUsersList from the method.

oSecurity/$saveUserPrefs (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$saveUserSchemaSecurity (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$saveUserWindowSecurity (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Call $_updateUser rather than $_updateUserAndRebuildLists to improve performance.

oSecurity/$signin (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Created a new $signin method that does NOT load the iUsersList. This was done to speed up the sign-in security check. The users list is only loaded if $:UsersList is called by a public method.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$:GroupsList (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Get the pkey column name from the table class. Use a variable for the PKeyColName.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$:UsersList (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Get the pkey column name from the table class. Use a variable for the PKeyColName.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$_retDBUserRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Added method to fetch a single user database row. Method is needed to speed up security signin.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$_retSecurityUserRowFromDBUserRow (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Added method to convert a user database row to an StudioWorks security row. Method is used by various StudioWorks methods.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$retSecurityUserRow_pUserID (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Added method to fetch a single user security row based on UserID. Method is needed to speed up security signin.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$retSecurityUserRow_pUserKey (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Added method to fetch a single user security row based on UserKey. Method is needed to speed up security signin.

oSessionsManager/$:DefaultSessionRow (2009-01-12 Doug K.)
Default 'pingtimeoutseconds' to zero (0).

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$_setDefaultsAndPrefs (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Experiencing Omnis crashes. Wondering if setting $maxcachedclasses to 2000 is causing it. Modify code to use 200.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Removed saving last search, last selected, last display, last window properties from local_prefs. Not necessary as they are stored in the user profile in the main database and loaded on sign-in.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/retStartupSessionRow (2009-01-12 Doug K.)
If pingdbserver is zero(0) set pingtimeoutseconds to zero as well.

oStringTablesSchemasEditor_Model/$:caneditClass (2009-01-02 Doug K.)
Added property method to return the value of ibCanEditClass.

oTableClassMethods_base/$setDefaults (2009-01-06 Doug K.)
Only set default values for columns which are part of the base schema.
wStringTablesSchemasEditor_View/$refreshView (2009-01-02 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Setting bCanEdit was calling the wrong model methods. Supposed to call $:caneditData and $:caneditClass.
swDocs4

@00 Error Handler/@41 Error Handler Coding for Prompt Methods (2009-01-22 Doug K.)
Added documentation on a technique for error handler coding with prompt methods.

@50 Lookups/@25 Intercepting Lookups (2009-01-21 Doug K.)
Added documentation for $:LookupOrderBy
@64 Version 2009-01-31/@00 About (2009-01-19 Doug K.)
Started release notes for minor releases from 2009-01-01 to 2009-01-31
swGui4

oFieldDecorator_click/$decorateField (2009-01-06 Doug K.)
For checkbox field, do nothing when it is set to 'click' decorator type.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2009-01-02 Doug K.)
The lookup field handler was getting called on 'displayonly' fields. Added check for type <> displayonly.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/event_evAfter (2009-01-07 Doug K.)
Clear iLookupList if the lookup field is empty when the user leaves the field.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/event_evAfter (2009-01-15 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
If the lookup list is empty, the $line value can still sometimes be 1, so also check the $linecount.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/updateLookupList (2009-01-08 Doug K.)
If no last selected lookup line was found, then preselect the first line in the lookup list.

oNavigationMenu_Model/removeDuplicateNavMenuLines (2009-01-02 Doug K.)
Modify method to remove duplicate nav menu lines from the main library rather then the module.

oWindowMenus_Model/$:caneditData (2009-01-15 Doug K.)
Added parameter bLogErrorIfNot=kFalse, since this is only a check.

wBase_abstract/$:Modified.$assign (2009-01-16 Josh L.)
Changed ibModified to pbModified for the check.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$eventClose (2009-01-09 Doug K.)
Copied $eventClose method from wEdit_abstract to wComplexGrid as the method is needed for complex grids which allow users to 'edit'.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$eventClose (2009-01-14 Doug K.)
Set ibModified to kFalse if the user selects "Don't Save".
wEdit_abstract/$eventClose (2009-01-14 Doug K.)
Set ibModified to kFalse if the user selects "Don't Save".
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
No modifications
swWeb4
No modifications
Version 2008-12-31

These version notes cover the minor releases from 2008-10-16 to 2008-12-31

Release 2008-12-31
1. Security - Changing group security for a user while the user was signed in was being overwritten when the user signed out- fixed. Changing accessallowed in the Security > Group Windows tab was not being saved - fixed.
2. Field Decorator Checkbox Fields - The field properties list was missing kCheckbox fields, so decorator types was not being set for checkbox fields - fixed.
Release 2008-11-25
1. Nav Menu Lines List - The previous release saved all of the navigation menu list line to the main library. This was done to simplify sorting of the nav menu lines and reduce the number of oModuleData objects that had to be checked out of the VCS. However, it was discovered that several developers dynamically loaded different modules for different clients. The 2008-11-24 release reverts to saving the navigation menu list line to their respective modules and dynamically building the list during startup.
2. Field Properties List - A change was made in 2008-11-17 which mapped lookup column names to the main list based on matching column names if a schemaname+schemacolname match could be found. This change caused problems for one or more developers so it was rolled back in the 2008-11-24 release. The lookup field handler will only update main list columns that are mapped to the same schema+column as the lookup list.
3. Field Handler Controller - Discovered that the field properties list was being built twice when a non-runtimized window as being instantiated. oConcretizer built and stored in the field properties list in the window instance $userinfo property but the oFieldHandlerController $initialize method was not using it and rebuilding the field properties list a second time. There should be a slight performance improvement with this release when instaniating non-runtimized windows.
4. Lookup SQL Class Name - To allow developers to override a lookup field a ---NO_LOOKUP--- entry was added to the lookupsqlclassname droplist in the SQL Meta-Data Editor query columns tab. When set to ---NO_LOOKUP--- StudioWorks will not attempt to do any lookups on the field. The developer will be responsible for setting the foreign and other related fields.
5. Lookup Droplist Position - Modifications have been made to improve the positioning of the lookup droplist for the new style Mac OS X tab panes and to account for border widths on various window objects.
6. String Tables - abbrev column values were not being calculated from the meta-data.
Release 2008-11-17
1. Nav Menu Lines List - Save the navigation menu list line to the main library only to simplify saving and sorting.
2. Field Properties List - If a schemaname+schemacolname match can't be found between the main list and the lookup list, check for a matching column name, if found map the matching column names for lookup list updates to the main list.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace the 'studioworks' folder.
4. Open you application and test it.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain
oOpenLibraries/openLibrariesInFolder (2008-11-03 Doug K per Andy H.)
Use the Omnis command "Open Libraries" instead of $libs.$add notation since the command has options that allow runtime to convert libraries.
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

oErrorHandler/$getonceLastError (2008-11-03 Doug K.)
Return False if no error was fetched.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:fetchall.$assign (2008-10-23 Josh L.)
When changing the value of fetchall to true, the fetchallwhere field wasn't being enabled.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:listcolname.$assign (2008-11-11 Doug K.)
Removed 'End if' in the wrong spot.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupsqlclasseslist (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Added a special line to the top of the lookupsqlclasses list named '---NO_LOOKUP---' Developers can use this if they want to prevent StudioWorks from doing lookups on a field that would normally be a lookup field.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupsqlclassname.$assign (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Removed code that set the decoratortype to 'displayonly' if lookupsqlclassname was left empty.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$updateQueryCols_treatasboolean (2008-11-06 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Setting treatasboolean to kTrue was not setting zeroallowed to kTrue. Fixed.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:refdtablename.$assign (2008-10-24 Josh L.)
Took out the ColName parameter as it is not specified in the definition of the called method.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:refdtablename.$assign (2008-10-24 Josh L.)
Put this bit of code back in so that the refdcolnames list would be updated with colum names from the specified schema.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_foreignkey (2008-10-24 Josh L.)
Edit Allowed on Foreign Keys?? This is a big no no Doug. Users should not be able to view foreign keys and if someone needs it changed they can do it by legal means.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_foreignkey (2008-11-17 Doug K.)
Reversed the previous change. The 'enterallowed' property is the property which prevents users from directly editing the fkey field. The 'editallowed' property is enforced at the table class level. It prevents the value from ever being changed. Not something we want to enforce on fkeys. Setting 'editallowed' to kFalse makes sense for a number of the admin columns. (editnum, insby, insdatetime, modby, moddatetime)

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_hidden (2008-10-27 Josh L)
If a column is hidden it can't be entered. (if this is wrong, then enterallowed should NOT be calculated as ktrue when not hidden)

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_hidden (2008-10-27 Josh L.)
Primary Keys and Foreign keys should not be editable at any time. They are intrinsic to the database's integrity.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/update_treatasboolean (2008-11-06 Doug K.)
Bug fixes. Setting value to treatasboolean=kTrue was not setting zeroallowed to kTrue and nullallowed to kFalse. No setting it correctly.

oMetaDataTool_OldVersionMetaData/$#About (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Created this object class to contain all the methods related to the old version meta-data that was stored in the SQL classes.

oMetaDataTools/$#About (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Moved all of the methods related to the old version meta-data that was stored in the SQL classes to oMetaDataTools_OldVersion.

oModuleDataTool/$canModifyData (2008-10-20 Josh L.)
Changed the initial value of the parameter pbLogErrorIfNot to ktrue because it wasn't logging any errors.

oModuleDataTool/$saveNavMenuList (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Revert the method to respect the 'homelibname' and only save nav list menu lines from the list belong to the specified pLibName.

oOpenLibraries/openLibrariesInFolder (2008-11-03 Doug K per Andy H.)
Use the Omnis command "Open Libraries" instead of $libs.$add notation since the command has options that allow runtime to convert libraries.

oSQLLists/$saveChangedData_commit (2008-11-05 Doug K.)
Commented out the @DEBUG breakpoints.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/autoSignIn (2008-11-14 Doug K.)
The 'Clear method stack' is killing multiple webapps which need to automatically sign-in and startup on web servers.

oTableClassMethods_base/$doworkBatch (2008-10-21 Josh L.)
The table class instance doesn't need a reference to itself to execute the method.

wSQLMetaDataSchemaColsEditor_View/$event (2008-10-20 Josh L.)
Commented out the OK message. Shouldn't be in there for release.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$refreshField (2008-11-17 Doug K.)
Modified the code to correctly inform the user if the query class and/or oModuleData object need to be check out of the VCS.

wSQLQueryBuilder/eventDrop (2008-11-17 Doug K.)
Added code to the $event evDrop to check if edit is allowed. If not, prompt user with an OK message.
wSQLQueryBuilder/event_evOpenContextMenu (2008-11-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS check to make sure the query class and oModuleData are checked out if VCS is being used.
swDocs4
@65 Version 2008-12-31/@00 About (2008-11-25 Doug K.)
Started release notes for minor releases from 2008-10-16 to 2008-12-31
swGui4

oFieldHandlerController/$setMode (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Added parameter pbForceResetFields to allow the sender to force the field handler controller to reset all the field, even if the mode didn't change.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/event_evKey_arrow (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Use irLookupListWin instead of irWin.$wind().$:LookupListFieldRef

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/initialize (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Send a $:LookupListFieldRef.$cando message to the subwindow to see if it has its own wLookupList window instance. This was added to make it easier to correctly position the lookup list in nested subwindows.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/selectLookupListFieldLine (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Use irLookupListWin instead of irWin.$wind().$:LookupListFieldRef

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/setLookupListField (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Commented out "Do irWin.$wind().$:LookupListFieldRef() Returns irLookupListWin" since irLookupListWin is set by the initialize method.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/updateLookupList (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Use irLookupListWin instead of irWin.$wind().$:LookupListFieldRef

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList/$#About (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Reverted to the pre-2008-11-10 changes version. Those changes to setupLookupProperties caused problems to existing lookups.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-10-24 Josh L.)
Added kcheckbox and kradio so they would be included in the Fields list if they had a dataname in the columns list. The checkbox and radio button fields were allowing a user to change the data even in 'view' mode of the windows.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/setLookupProperties (2008-11-11 Doug K per Josh L.)
If a direct matching schema/column can't be found between the main record field and the lookup list, then try finding a match based on the column name. This change was made to accomodate an query column alias matching a special view with a matching column. In case we need to reverse this change, the original method was copied and named 'setLookupProperties_20081110'.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$initialize (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Only search for an load data if there are lines in the data list.

oNavigationMenu_Model/getGroupsList (2008-11-12 Doug K.)
Bug fix. pLibName parameter was missing.

oNavigationMenu_Model/getNavMenuList (2008-11-20 Doug K - bug reported by Chuck M.)
Modified code so that apps which were partly converted during the beta process keep their nav menu lines list intact.

oNavigationMenu_Model/getNavMenuList (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Modified the code so that nav menu lines are saved to their respective library module data objects.

oNavigationMenu_Model/getSubGroupsList (2008-11-12 Doug K.)
Bug fix. pLibName parameter was missing.

oNavigationMenu_Model/recalcHomeLibNames (2008-11-24 Doug K.)
Added method which recalcs the homelibname to match the homelibname of the wininstid.

oScreenCoordinates/$getScreenOverallHeightAndTop (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Problems with positioning caused by the developer IDE toolbars and custom toolbars instantiated outside of window instances. Added a method to check for screen toolbars. Found it safest to use the main monitor height for height calcuations.

oWindowInstances_Model/$:modified.$assign (2008-10-30 Josh L.)
Overrode this method because the moddatetime used for deciding whether a toolbar is visible or not is not being set.

oWindowMenus_Model/$:caneditData (2008-10-30 Josh L.)
Overrode this method because the inherited one returns kfalse all the time

oWindowMenus_Model/$moveMenuLine (2008-11-17 Doug K (bug reported by Josh))
Sort the menu lines list before and after moving menu lines.

oWindowMenus_Model/retWinMenuLinesListForLibName_oldversion (2008-11-12 Doug K.)
Set the menulinetext when fetching the old version window menu lines.

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2008-10-30 Josh L.)
Combined the two checks for toolbar visibility because it would never be visible if there were no commands. Toolbars need to be visible if there are menu items (special and report) for the window, even if there are no commands. The way it works now is: if the Window Module Data has been modified (moddatetime) then use the Window Module Data toolbarvisible property. Otherwise, if there are a toolbar class name and commands the toolbar is visible, if there is no toolbar class name or commands it is not visible. Also had to fix the moddatetime in the Window Instance Model to update when the data was modified.

wDatabaseTablesEditor/$:SQLClassName.$assign (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with the new field handler controller.

wEdit_abstract/$:LookupListFieldRef (2008-11-20 Doug K.)
Added method which finds/adds an instance of wLookupList to the edit window. This is done to make it easier to correctly position the lookup list to the lookup entry field.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/$:SortClause (2008-11-04 Doug K.)
Modify method so that it add the 'ORDER BY ' prefix after the loop, and only if order by text was build in the loop.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria/$event (2008-11-13 Josh L.)
On evClose, the window was being moved off screen on a Runtime version because of performance issues. It is not so much of an issue now and it was preventing Omnis from closing properly.

wWindowMenusListEditor_View/$refreshField (2008-10-30 Josh L.)
Overrode the Model's $:CanEditData method to use the Current Library Name as a parameter because it was returning kfalse all the time. Sending it the CurrentLibraryName from here because I couldn't see any way to get it from the Model.
wWindowMenusListEditor_View/event_evOpenContextMenu (2008-10-30 Josh L.)
Overrode this method in the Model to accept the CurrentLibraryName as a parameter to return something other than kfalse.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
No modifications
swWeb4

oMainWindow/$:NavMenuLineList (2008-11-12 Doug K.)
$retNavMenusLinesList method name is deprecated. Changed to $retNavMenuLinesList.
oRemoteTaskMethods/$initializePublicSearchTaskVars (2008-11-12 Doug K.)
Removed initialize 'logn' task var.
Version 2008-10-15

This release moves the StudioWorks framework to directly updating the various cached lists negating the need for 'Rebuilding Lists'.
1. Module Data Objects - Prior to this release cached lists were stored in the app_prefs.df1 file. In this release, the cached lists are stored in oModuleData object classes. An oModuleData object class is automatically created by StudioWorks in each library. The rows of each cached belonging to that library are stored in the oModuleData object class of the library. There are numerous advantages to making this change. (No more app_prefs.df1 file, each module stands completely on its own and when released includes its own portions of the various cached lists, smaller file sizes.)
2. oWindowsList Objects - The oWindowsList object classes are obsolete with this release. When you open your existing StudioWorks app for the first time, the information from each oWindowsList object will be rebuilt, and then stored in the oModuleData object of the library. From that point on you can only add/edit/delete window instances using the Programmer Workbench. Once the conversion has been done you can delete the oWindowsList objects.
3. oMenusList Objects - The oMenusList object classes are obsolete with this release. When you open your existing StudioWorks app for the first time, the information from each oMenusList object will be rebuilt, and then stored in the oModuleData object of the library. From that point on you can only add/edit/delete nav menu lines and window menu lines using the Programmer Workbench. Once the conversion has been done you can delete the oMenusList objects.
4. oReportsList Objects - The oReportsList object classes are obsolete with this release. When you open your existing StudioWorks app for the first time, the information from each oReportsList object will be rebuilt, and then stored in the oModuleData object of the library. From that point on you can only add/edit/delete report instances using the Programmer Workbench. A new tab has been added for Report Instances. Once the conversion has been done you can delete the oReportsList objects.
5. Rebuild Lists - In a bold move, the Rebuild Lists window and menu items have been disabled and the oRebuildCachedLists object class has been removed. (X_ prefixed). This forces the vendor (Doug K.) to find and fix any places where the cached lists are not being updated through the Programmer Workbench. Please read the section Misc > Cached Lists for more information on how the new cached lists structure works. It is important that you understand what is happening the scenes in order to solve any problems you run into with cached lists and meta-data.
6. Programmer Timecount - A special Programmer_Task class with a millisecond counter has been added to the StudioWorks framework. The timeout counter is accessed via the Programmer Menu. You can use this special class for testing and improving performance. See Misc > Performance Testing for more information.
7. Field Properties Tool - A special oFieldPropertiesTool object class has been added which simplified saving and restoring properties of window fields. You can send this object a $save_[PropertyName] message from the $destruct method of a field, and a $restore_[PropertyName] message in the $construct method. The object takes care of saving the property value and later restoring the property value. The properties are saved to the user's profile, so the last $width or $height of the field is restored to what the user last changed it to. See Windows > Field Properties Tool for more information.
8. String Tables Custom Field Labels Demo - A demo has been added to StartNewApp > Demos > Languages > Client Defined Field Labels. This demo shows how you can allow user to defined the labels for various 'user defined' fields in a table. You give the user an interface which allows them to change the label text for the field and update the cached string table list. When the label is translated the text specified by the user is used. If the field is used in a headed list or a report, the user defined label text will be use in those places as well. Any runtimized windows that have the label on it will need to be re-runtimized... or you will need special custom code to always set those labels at the time of instantiation.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. If you have not updated to version 2008-04-30 (OmniCamp) release first follow those update steps and notes. Then continue with these.
4. Open you application and test it.
5. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Removed all the extra 'Do errhndlr.$promptOnce" code. This is only needed at the end of $construct and $destruct.

Startup_Task/closeLibrariesInFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oOpenLibraries/openLibrariesInFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oOpenLibraries/retEnclosedFolderPath (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.
oOpenLibraries/retPathStudioWorksFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

Startup_Task/$construct (2008-07-08 Doug K.)
Instantiate the 'Programmer_Task' which was created for tracking code performance times.

mContext/attachMenuLineObserver (2008-06-03 Doug K.)
Modified method so that it can handle object reference type observer instances.

oAppPrefs/$initialize (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Changed oAppPrefs to save the app prefs row to the oModuleData object of the main library rather than a separate app_prefs.df1 file. Removed parameters no longer needed.

oCheckData_base/checkData_metadata (2008-05-21 Doug K per Jim Creak.)
Removed 'Jump to start of loop' which could cause an infinite loop.

oCheckData_base/checkData_metadata (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the ColTitle text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column rather than using the 'label' column.

oCheckData_base/checkData_uniqueindex (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the CurrLabel and Mssg text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column rather than using the 'label' column.

oCheckData_base/checkData_uniqueindex (2008-07-21 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Bug fix. Deselect the columns before the loop. The method was only checking the first unique index.

oCodeTools/$addPropertyMethodsToObjectClass (2008-05-28 Doug K.)
Added method to oCodeTools which adds property methods to an object for each column in a row variable.

oConstants/$:AppLibsList (2008-05-26 Doug K.)
Discovered that the $:AppLibsList property is called numerouse times adding overhead. Added ivar iAppLibsList and only rebuild if empty or pRebuild=kTrue.

oConstants/$:AppMode (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed sys(2)=1 to mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oConstants/$:Platform (2008-09-14 Doug K per Andy H.)
Bug fix. Changed Sys6 lvar from number to character.

oConstants/$:RuntimeMode (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed sys(2)<>1 to not(mod(sys(2),2)) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oConstants/$:RuntimeMode.$assign (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed sys(2)<>1 to not(mod(sys(2),2)) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oCreateLibrary/$createNewModule (2008-07-30 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Rebuild the $:AppLibsList so that the new module is added to the list.

oCreateLibrary/$createWebModule (2008-07-30 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Rebuild the $:AppLibsList so that the new module is added to the list.

oCreateLibrary/$renameLibrary (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which renames a library and its file name.

oCreateLibrary/createSubLibClasses (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Removed adding of sSchema_template, oWindowList, oMenusList, oReportsList classes to the new library. These classes are not longer needed or useful in the modules.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncConstraints_rangevalues (2008-05-29 Doug K.)
Do not include 'treatasboolean' with the 'rangevalues' meta-data search as that is set by $_syncConstraints_treatasboolean.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncConstraints_rangevalues (2008-09-12 Josh L.)
Calculate Range as SchemaColsList.rangevalues because it wasn't being calculated.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncNulls (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Removed early exits, cleaned up error checking.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncView (2008-09-09 Doug K per Will Adkin.)
Drop and readd the view if it exists.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$copyData (2008-05-03 Doug K. per Chuck Martin.)
Bug fix. Removed '=)' typo in the code and incorrect location of ')'

oDBAdminSQLText_MYSQL/$retSQL_AddCheck_notNull (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Added missing NOT NULL to the MySQL alter table statement syntax.

oDBSessionMethods_MYSQLDAM/$_prepareForLogon (2008-07-21 Doug K per Chuck M per Thad Bogert)
Overrode the superclass method, Do inherited, then set the $blobsize to 2500000.

oDBSessionMethods_MYSQLDAM/$_prepareForLogon (2008-09-16 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Set the MYSQLDAM session object $blobsize to 16777215 which is the MEDIUMBLOB maximum size for MySQL.

oDBSessionMethods_MYSQLDAM/$logonOK_continue (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Commented out special MySQL code from Matthias. Was not allowing me to change the user passwords.

oDBSessionMethods_base/$_logon (2008-05-23 Doug K.)
Added setting of $emptydateisnull, $transactionmode, $charmap, and initialstatement from the session row after successful logon.

oDBSessionMethods_base/executeInitialStatement (2008-05-23 Doug K.)
Added method to execute the initialstatement from the session row after successful logon.

oErrorHandler/$:PromptUsingTraceLog (2008-08-30 Doug K.)
Added property method and property assign method. Setting this property to true will cause the $promptonceLastError method to send the last error to the trace log and then open the trace log. This is important for web apps to prevent halting the web app server.

oErrorHandler/$OPENLOGFILEVIEWER (2008-05-01 Doug K.)
Redirect deprecated method to new $openErrorLogViewer method.

oErrorHandler/$setDatabaseSession (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Changed the sErrorlog character columns to max of 2500 characters for SQLServer compatibility.

oErrorHandler/calcErrorMessageParts (2008-08-27 Doug K.)
Modfied method to handle compiling multiple unprompted errors.

oErrorHandler/calcErrorMessageParts (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Modified method to removed duplicate errors, so that the same text isn't repeated in the error message.

oErrorHandler/defineErrorHandlerList (2008-08-27 Doug K.)
Define the errors list using 'sErrorLog' instead of 'sErrorHandler_listdef' Added a 'hasbeenprompted' column to the error list in memory to indicate whether or logged errors have been reported. This is added to allow multiple errors to be logged and then reported together in a single error message.

oFunctions/$canModifyClass (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Corrected the error message. It was specifying 'schema' class.

oFunctions/$construct (2008-06-07 Doug K.)
Added objdatacolname column to the iTemplateObjsList.

oFunctions/$isOmnisDeveloper (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Added function which returns whether or not the current version of Omnis Studio is a developer or runtime version. The simply sys(2)=1 test does not work for the unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oFunctions/$parseStringToWords (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Change "len(RightString)>2" to "len(RightString)>1" so the loop will parse the last two characters.

oFunctions/$replaceallCaseInsensitive (2008-06-19 Doug K.)
Added function which does a case-insensitive replaceall(). Useful for renamed columns in the meta-data .

oFunctions/$retContainedObjs (2008-06-03 Doug K.)
Omnis bug workaround. The $dataname property of kCheckbox fields incorrectly being returned.

oFunctions/$retContainedObjs (2008-06-03 Doug K.)
Move code to private method and self call retContainedObjs for container fields, so that the method can drill down recursively.

oFunctions/$retContainedObjs (2008-06-07 Doug K.)
Calculate objcolname column for the field objects which have a $dataname property.

oFunctions/$retNumeric (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Added method which returns only numbers from a string. Used for the oFormatPhoneNumber object.

oFunctions/$retWinInstClassRef (2008-06-07 Doug K.)
Added method which returns a reference to the class of a window or subwindow instance. The method has optional parameters which return the classname and the libname.

oFunctions/retEnclosedFilesList (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oFunctions/retEnclosedFoldersList (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden folders.

oIcons/$:IconsList (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Return the icons list from the new icons model object.

oIcons/$initialize (2008-07-15 Doug K.)
Modify the oIcons object to use the new icons model object.

oIconsList_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oIconsList_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oIconsList_Model/$syncIconsListToSchemaClasses (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Added method to sync the icons list to the sIcons schema classes.

oIconsList_Model/loadCachedList (2008-08-20 Doug K.)
Set the icons list to be a smartlist.

oIconsList_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified method to use pbAutoCommit parameter.

oLocalPrefs/$:LastLanguageID (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added $:LastLanguageID property methods.

oLocalPrefs/$:ShowProgrammerPingButtons (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed sys(2)=1 to mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oLogon_adapter_to_db1sess/$newstatement (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Call db1sess.$getStatementObject rather than db1sess.$newstatement

oMainco_DBAccessor_abstract/$#About (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Added oMainco_DBAccessor_abstract and _template to swBase4 for use by the SysAdmin module. By using a subclass of oMainco_DBAccessor_abstract in the SysAdmin module, bug fixes can be made in the swBase4 object and automatically work in the SysAdmin module with new releases.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/$#About (2008-05-14 Doug K)
Created oMetaDataDefaultProperties object class. Developers can copy this object to their main library to set their own default meta-data properties.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/getSchemaDefault_WinInstIDs (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Modified method to use the schema class name rather than the servertablename for the base text of the default wininstids.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/retDefaultLookupSQLClassName (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Modified method to use the schema class name rather than the servertablename for finding the default query class.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/setSchemaColsDefaults_admincoltype (2008-07-31 Doug K.)
Added method to set the admincoltype defaults based on the colname.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/setSchemaColsDefaults_admincoltype (2008-08-01 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Set defaultvalue to 1 for active admincoltype.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/setSchemaColsDefaults_admincoltype (2008-08-18 Doug K. per Will Adkin)
Default admincoltype to blank to avoid null value for non-admincoltypes. Default editallowed to kTrue for most settings for more admin columns to avoid oCheckData errors.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/setSchemaColsDefaults_admincoltype (2008-09-10 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Error in the calculating the defaultvalue=1 for 'active' admintype column.

oMetaDataDefaultProperties/setSchemaColsDefaults_admincoltype (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Default 'active' admincoltype to be included in lists, prompts, and searches.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$#About Query Class Model (2008-06-20 Doug K.)
Created oMetaDataQueryClass_Model object. This IS the cached SQL class list for the query class meta-data.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:extraquerytext.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:fetchall.$assign (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:fetchallwhere.$assign (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:sqlclassdesc.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:stbname.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$:wininstidnew.$assign (2008-10-09 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Colname was set to wininstlist. Changed to wininstnew.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$createSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which creates a new query class and adds it to the meta-data list.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$duplicateSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which creates a new schema class and adds it to the meta-data list. The sSchema_template class is copied for the new class.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$loadData (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to test if we can edit meta-data, before making any changes to the meta-data.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$renameSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which renames a SQL class.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClass (2008-07-31 Doug K.)
Added method which syncs the meta-data list with the SQL classes in the specified library.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClass (2008-08-25 Doug K.)
Bug fix. ClassName was not being calculated.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClass (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check to make sure we can modify the meta-data before running this method.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClasses (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Added code to check for and delete any extra SQL classes from the meta-data.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClasses (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check to make sure we can modify the meta-data before running this method.

oMetaDataQueryClass_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with pbAutoCommit.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:decoratortype.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:hidden.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:includeinlists.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:includeinprompts.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:includeinsearches.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:includeintotals.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:listalign.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:listcalculation.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:listcolname.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:listwidth.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupcaninsert.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupcontains.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupsqlclassname.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupstartchar.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:lookupwhere.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:sortcolumn.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$:sortdescending.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$loadData (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to test if we can edit meta-data, before making any changes to the meta-data.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$renameSchemaLibNameInQueryColumns (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which renames the sqlclasslibname for all of the meta-data.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$saveChangedData_commit (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClass (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Added method which syncs the meta-data list with a single SQL class.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/$syncMetaDataWithQueryClass (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check if we can modify the meta-data before running the sync.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/getQueryColsDataListFromOldVersionMetaData (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Don't report errors if the classes list or columns list is empty. There might not be any SQL classes in the library yet.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with pbAutoCommit.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/setNonEditColumnsInDataRowToCurrDefaultRowValues (2008-09-03 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Bug fix. querycolorder was being calculated as schemacolorder.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/setNonEditColumnsInDataRowToCurrDefaultRowValues (2008-09-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. lookupwhere was being set to empty.

oMetaDataQueryCol_Model/setNonEditColumnsInDataRowToCurrDefaultRowValues (2008-10-03 Doug K per Mike M.)
Bug fix. Set lookupsqlclassname if it is empty and the default value is not empty.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$#About Schema Class Model (2008-06-20 Doug K.)
Created oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model object. This IS the cached SQL class list for the schema class meta-data.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:controltable.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:fetchall.$assign (2008-07-31 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Bug fix. The tablename was not being set in the WHERE tablename.Active=1 when $fetchall was assign to true.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:fetchall.$assign (2008-09-15 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:fetchallwhere.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:labelplural.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:labelsingular.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:lookupcaninsert.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:lookupcontains.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:lookupsqlclassname.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:lookupstartchar.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:servertablename.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:sqlclassname.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:wininstidedit.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:wininstidlist.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$:wininstidnew.$assign (2008-09-17 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$createSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which creates a new schema class and adds it to the meta-data list. The sSchema_template class is copied for the new class.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$createSQLClass (2008-09-12 Doug K.)
Updated the method to respect VCS, and to update string tables.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$deleteSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which deletes schema class AND removes its columns from query classes.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$deleteSQLClass (2008-09-12 Doug K.)
Updated the method to respect VCS and remove string table entries.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$duplicateSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which duplicates a SQL class and copies the meta-data list. The method can be used to copy a SQL class and its meta-data to a different library.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$duplicateSQLClass (2008-09-11 Doug K.)
Update the string tables when the SQL class is duplicated.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$loadData (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to test if we can edit meta-data, before making any changes to the meta-data.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$renameSQLClass (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added method which renames a SQL class.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$renameSQLClass (2008-09-12 Doug K.)
Added VSC sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-07-31 Doug K.)
Added method which syncs the meta-data list with a single SQL class.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check to make sure we can modify the meta-data before running this method.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Removed updating the string tables if the SQL class already exists in the meta-data.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClasses (2008-07-31 Doug K.)
Added method which syncs the meta-data list with the SQL classes in the specified library.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClasses (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Added code to check for and delete any extra SQL classes and columns from the meta-data.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClasses (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check to make sure we can modify the meta-data before running this method.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/loadModuleData (2008-08-09 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Remove any _template appened schema classes from the list.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/retSchemaClassesList (2008-08-09 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Remove any _template appended schema classes from the list.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with pbAutoCommit.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/updateStringTables_labelplural (2008-07-24 DougK.)
Bug fix. Changed 'labelsingular' to 'labelplural' for Tblpural update.

oMetaDataSchemaClass_Model/updateStringTables_labelsingular (2008-07-24 DougK.)
Bug fix. Changed 'labelsingular' to 'labelplural' for Tblpural update.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:abbrev.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:admincoltype.$assign (2008-07-31 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added 'endby' to the switch/case for setting its default values.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:admincoltype.$assign (2008-07-31 Doug K per Mike M.)
Set 'hidden' to kTrue whenever a column is set to admin type, except for 'active' column.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:admincoltype.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code. Set defaultvalue=1 for admincoltype=active

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:blankallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:calculatevalue.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:cascadedelete.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:columnslist (2008-10-03 Doug K. per Matthias H.)
Commented out the breakpoint used for beta testing.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:decoratortype.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:defaultvalue.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:editallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:editallowed_canedit (2008-08-18 Doug K. per Will Adkin.)
Allow edit for foreignkey field.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:enterallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:foreignkey.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code. Allow enter and edit for foreign key field.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:foreignkeycolumnslist (2008-08-29 Doug K)
Do a case-insensitive search for the server table name.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:foreignkeytableslist (2008-07-25 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Remove views from the foreignkeytableslist.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:foreignview.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:formatmode.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:formatstring.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:hidden.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:includeinlists.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:includeinprompts.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:includeinsearches.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:includeintotals.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:indexname.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:inputmask.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:isadmincol.$assign (2008-07-31 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added 'endby' to the if/else for setting its default values.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:isadmincol.$assign (2008-07-31 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added 'endby' to the if/else for setting its default values.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:isadmincol.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Only set the admincoltype from this method, by calling $:admincoltype.$assign from this method.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:ispassword.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:label.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:listalign.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:listcalculation.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:listwidth.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:negativeallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:nonuniqueindex.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:nullallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:primarykey.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:rangevalues.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:refdcolnames.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:refdtablename.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:schemacoldesc.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:schemacolname.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:schemacolsublen.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:schemacolsubtype.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:schemacoltype.$assign (2008-09-23 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:sortcolumn.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:sortdescending.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:treatasboolean.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:uniqueindex.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:uppercase.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:validaterefsgroup.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:validaterefsmandatory.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:validaterefssubgroup.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:zeroallowed.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$:zeroshowempty.$assign (2008-09-19 Doug K.)
Added VCS sensitive code.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$deleteColumn (2008-09-10 Doug K.)
Modified method to support cascade deletes with VSC support.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$loadData (2008-08-27 Doug K.)
Removed sync and save from the $loadData. Sync of column is not the responsibilty of the $loadData method.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$loadData (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to test if we can edit meta-data, before making any changes to the meta-data.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$newColumn (2008-09-11 Doug K.)
Added code to cascade update query classes which include the entire schema class.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Added method which syncs the meta-data list with a single SQL class.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Call the _full sync method rather than the basic sync method.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$syncMetaDataWithSchemaClass (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Check to make sure we can modify the meta-data before running this method.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/$updateSchemaCols_duplicatecolsmetadata (2008-09-11 Doug K.)
Sync columns and update the string tables when the SQL class is duplicated.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/checkfixDataRowValues (2008-08-27 Doug K.)
Updated/fixed the method to check and set all schema column meta-data values.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with pbAutoCommit.

oMetaDataSchemaCol_Model/syncColumnsForSQLClass_full (2008-09-08 Doug K.)
Update the string tables when a new column is added during the sync operation.

oMetaDataTool_OldVersionMetaData/getSchemaClassMetaDataRows (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Fixed setting lookupstartchar value. If metadata value is null or zero, set to default of 1.

oModuleDataTool/$saveNavMenuList (2008-10-06 Doug K.)
Modify the method to ignore 'homelibname' and simply save the entire nav menu list to the specified pLibName. The sender is responsible to specify pLibName as $ctask.$lib().$name

oModuleDataTool/setList_homelibname (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed pfList type from List to Field Reference.

oModuleDataTool/setList_source (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed pfList type from List to Field Reference.

oObservers_events/$#About (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Created observer object which specializes in observing field events.

oOpenLibraries/openLibrariesInFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oOpenLibraries/retEnclosedFolderPath (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oOpenLibraries/retPathStudioWorksFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:HTMLFilesList (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed If sys(2)=1 to If mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathLocalDataFile (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathOmnisSharedFolder (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. The method was calling a private method that did not exist.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathStudioWorksFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$_retEnclosedFolderPath (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$initialize (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oPaths_StudioWorks/retEnclosedFilesList (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oPrefs_abstract/$_init_syncPropertyMethods (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Added "Do $cinst.$savePrefs" to $assign methods for auto-saving of assigned values.

oPrepareNewDatabase/$prepareNewDatabase (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Do a $reconnectSession after the sync operation. This is need for the Omnis data file to load the tables into the session.

oPrepareNewDatabase/rebuildCachedLists (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Rebuild SQL lists rather than rebuild all lists. Reload string tables was running into an error on reload string tables from database.

oPrimaryKeys_abstract/$#About (2008-09-09 Doug K per Andy H.)
Changed the default minimum pkey value to 1 million.

oPrimaryKeys_abstract/$getNextPrimaryKey (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Call to private method that had been renamed.

oPrimaryKeys_abstract/$setPrimaryKeyCounter (2008-09-14 Doug K per Andy H.)
Added SET EditNum = ",List.EditNum+1 for the UPDATE and a second attempt to update if the first attempt failed.

oSQLChildRecords/$deleteCascadeDeleteChildRecords (2008-07-330 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Extra End if in the For loop.

oSQLLists/$#About (2008-06-21 Doug K.)
Create a new oSQLLists object which uses the new schema and query class model objects. The public methods of oSQLLists remains unchanged. What goes on behind the scences has changed dramatically.

oSQLLists/$#About (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Removed the language text related methods and the iLanguageID ivar since oSQLLists no longer caches language text.

oSQLLists/$makeWhereRowFromList (2008-05-22 Doug K.)
Removed the early exit.

oSQLLists/$retDefinedList (2008-08-27 Doug K.)
Bug fix. pos(_listdef...)>1 rather than =1 in the Else if test.

oSQLLists/$retSQLClassCustomInfoRow (2008-05-22 Doug K.)
Modified the get the 'custominforow' for the specified SQL class from the oMetaDataTools object.

oSQLLists/$retSQLColCustomInfoRow (2008-05-22 Doug K.)
Modified the get the 'custominforow' for the specified SQL class from the oMetaDataTools object.

oSQLLists/removeClasses_listdef (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Added method to remove the _listdef classes from lists. Added calls to this method to all the $:Database... property methods.

oSQLLists/retDefinedListForCurrLine (2008-08-15 Doug K.)
Check if there is a table class in the schema's library that matches the schema class name less the 's' prefix.

oSQLLists/retDefinedListForCurrLine (2008-09-12 Doug K per Josh L)
Bug fix. Change mid(...,1) to mid(...,2)

oSQLLists_ForeignKeys/$#About (2008-05-22 Doug K.)
Created oSQLLists_ForeignKeys object class and moved all of foreign keys related method and code to this specialist object.

oSQLLists_ForeignKeys/$:ForeignKeyScoresList (2008-08-09 Doug K per Will Adkin.)
Bug fix. Update the method to work with the new schema class model.

oSQLLists_ForeignKeys/$:ForeignKeyScoresList (2008-09-12 Doug K.)
Use the iFkeyScoreList ivar for storing the foreign key scores rather than the schema class model data list.

oSQLLists_ForeignKeys/calcForeignKeyScoresList (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Updated the method to work with the new models setup.

oSQLLists_ForeignKeys/calcForeignKeyScoresList (2008-09-12 Doug K)
Updating the foreignkeyscore in the schema class model data list is a problem for the VCS and module data objects. Decided to keep the fkeyscore list in memory. The first time it is called by DBAdmin the fkey score has to be calculated.

oSecurity/$getUserPassword (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Method was returning false. Added preset FlagOK=kTrue.

oSecurity/$isMemberOfGroup (2008-05-20 Josh L.)
The method $retUserGroupsList requires a User Key to find the correct groups as a parameter.

oSecurity/$signIn (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Added isnull test on the pPassword parameter to prevent a null value from passing the comparison.

oSecurity/$signIn (2008-09-08 Doug K. per Mike M.)
If the user enters and incorrect ID or password, just give them a general error message "Incorrect user ID or password".

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$#About (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Added oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract and _template to swBase4 for use by the SysAdmin module. By using a subclass of oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract in the SysAdmin module, bug fixes can be made in the swBase object and automatically work in the SysAdmin module with new releases.

oSecurity_DBAccessor_abstract/$:GroupsList (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added missing End if.

oStartupSettingsFile/loadStartupItemsFilePropertiesList (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
If an error occurs, send it to the trace log as the error handler won't yet be initialized.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$constructMethod (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed If sys(2)=1 to If mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$destructMethod (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed If sys(2)=1 to If mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$initializeTaskVar (2008-06-17 Doug K.)
Added $cando test and default flag ktrue.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$logoffDatabase (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Test 'db1sess' for $validref before attempting to send a $logoff message. Always return kTrue from this method.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$signIn (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed If sys(2)=1 to If mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$signInOKContinue (2008-07-07 Doug K.)
Add parameter bOpenMainWindow=kFalse to prevent the $intallMenus method from opening the main window.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_closeLibrariesInFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_openLibrariesInFolder (2008-05-30 Doug K.)
Commented out setting library $mouseevents to true. Testing to see the effect of not turning on mouse events for the libraries.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_openLibrariesInFolder (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files and folders.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_openLibrariesInFolder (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Send errors to the trace log since the error handler is not likely initialized at this point.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/autoSignIn (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Initialize the oSecurity object after logging onto the database and before attempting to $signIn to oSecurity.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/openLibraries (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Changed If sys(2)=1 to If mod(sys(2),2) for unicode version of Omnis Studio.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$changeLanguage (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed $:LanguageColName to $:LanguageID

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$changeLanguage (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Removed sending a $:LanguageID.$assign message to oSQLLists since it no longer stores language text. Removed sending a $:LanguageID.$assign message to oConcretizer since it no longer stores iLanguageID.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$constructTaskVars (2008-09-14 Doug K.)
Added parameter, pAdditionalTaskVarsCSV_opt, and append it to the tvars CSV string so that sender can add more tvars to be constructed.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$destructTaskVars (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Figured out a smarter way to delete the object reference instances. Each instance is part of a task instance, so we can make a list of all the object reference instances ($listrefs), then select all the lines which belong to our task and just delete those object reference instances. ($deleteref)

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initializeBeforeSignIn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Moved loading of string table to the after loading oSQLLists since oSQLLists object must be initialized before string tables.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initializeBeforeSignIn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Removed initializing the security object before sign-in. Logon to the database is required before we can initialize security, so that must be done by the SignIn/Logon window immediately after successful $logon.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_app_prefs (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_app_prefs (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Modify method so that it no longer uses an app_prefs.df1 file or the main database for storing app prefs. We are now using the module data object of the main library.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_cn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_conc (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed LanguageColName to LanguageID

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_conc (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_conc (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Remove sending pLanguageID to oConcretizer since it no longer stores the current language ID.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_db1sess (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_eml (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_errhndlr (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_fn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_icns (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_icns (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminated the parameters no longer needed for initializing the oIcons object.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_last_selected (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_local_prefs (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_lsts (2008-05-22 Doug K.)
Added getting the cached columns list and passing it as a parameter when initializing oSQLLists.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_lsts (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_lsts (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminated the parameters no longer need for the refactored oSQLLists object.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_mn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_mn (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminated the parameters no longer needed to send to oMenus.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_pths (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_refs (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_rprts (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_rprts (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminated the parameters no longer need to send to oReports.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_secur (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_stb (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed LanguageColName to LanguageID

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_stb (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_stb (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Change the parameters to match the new refactored oStringTables object.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_wn (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Call stb.$:LanguageID instead of $:LanguageColName.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_wn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Store and restore the working message text.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_wn (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Changed the parameters to match the refactored oWindows object which now used oWindowInstances_Model.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Call stb.$:LanguageID instead of $:LanguageColName.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Corrected setting FlagOK. If a user was not logged on it was returning false. Should have been true.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Added $cando tests to avoid notation errors on closing the application in case tvars aren't all constructed.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/getTablesOwnerLogonInfo (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/initializeStartupSettingsFileVar (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/loadAutoSignInFile (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
Added search and remove of hidden files.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/retStartupSessionRow (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Set the dbmsvencdor name to 'Omnis' if the damname is OMSQLDAM.

oStringTables/$#About (2008-05-30 Doug K.)
Moved the database string tables related code to oStringTables_Database. Moved the text files string tables related code to oStringTables_TextFiles Moved the meta-data string tables related code to oStringTables_MetaData Moved the string tables functions methods to oStringTablesTools

oStringTables/$:AllLanguagesList (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid'

oStringTables/$:AllLanguagesList (2008-05-20 Doug K. per Jim Creak.)
Added English (New Zealand) en-nz to the all languages list.

oStringTables/$:LANGUAGECOLNAME (2008-05-02 Doug K.)
Make sure that the base language column is NOT set to 'metadata'.

oStringTables/$:LANGUAGECOLNAME (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oStringTables/$:LanguageID (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oStringTables/$:LanguagesList (2008-05-02 Doug K.)
Remove the 'metadata' langauge from the language list that user get to see.

oStringTables/$:LanguagesList (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid'

oStringTables/$SETTEXTTOOLTIPABBREV (2008-05-12 Doug K.)
Added parameter pLanguageID_opt (default 'metadata') to allow the sender to update specific language columns.

oStringTables/$SETTEXTTOOLTIPABBREV (2008-05-26 Doug K.)
If pLanguageID_opt is not provided, default to the current iLanguageID column.

oStringTables/$getTextTooltipAbbrev (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Modified the method to use the new 'metadata' base columns. 'abbrev' was not being correctly calculated.

oStringTables/$getTextTooltipAbbrev (2008-05-26 Doug K.)
Modified method to ensure that at least the stbid is returned for label and abbrev text.

oStringTables/$getTextTooltipAbbrev (2008-09-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. abbrev was not being correctly calculated for other languages. This affected headed list column headings.

oStringTables/$getTextTooltipAbbrev_20080717_1 (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Modified the method to use the new 'metadata' base columns. 'abbrev' was not being correctly calculated.

oStringTables/$getTextTooltipAbbrev_20080717_1 (2008-05-26 Doug K.)
Modified method to ensure that at least the stbid is returned for label and abbrev text.

oStringTables/$loadStringTables (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Set the empty masterlist to be a smartlist so that all lines will be saved to the cached lists.

oStringTables/$loadStringTables (2008-10-09 Doug K.)
Removed the code which saved changes. This is the reponsibility of the sender.

oStringTables/$reloadMetaData (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Save the entire cached list after reloading the string tables.

oStringTables/$reloadStringTablesFromTextFilesAndDatabase (2008-10-09 Doug K.)
Removed the code which saved changes. This is the reponsibility of the sender.

oStringTables/$removeLanguage (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid'

oStringTables/$removeLanguage (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Save the entire cached list after removing a language.

oStringTables/$removeLine (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Save cached list if the line is found and removed.

oStringTables/$removeLine (2008-09-10 Doug K.)
Added pbCheckCanUpdateOnly parameter and modified method to just check if the proposed change can be made. Removed saving the cached list. That responsibility is with the GUI classes.

oStringTables/$updateStringTableRow (2008-07-23 Doug K.)
Added new (smarter) method which replaces the $setTextTooltipAbbrev method.

oStringTables/$updateStringTableRow (2008-10-14 Doug K.)
Do not issue save changed data from this method. That is the responsibility of the sender. Bug fix. 'abbrev' was not being calculated.

oStringTables/loadCachedList (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Set the cached masterlist to be a smartlist to simplify saving changes to the cached list.

oStringTables/loadCachedList (2008-08-09 Doug K per Josh L.)
Sort the string table list by stbname/stbid.

oStringTables/loadStringTablesFromMetaData (2008-05-27 Doug K.)
Modified the method so that it can just update string tables for specified libraries. (was always updating all string tables for all libraries)

oStringTables/loadStringTablesFromTextFiles (2008-05-30 Doug K.)
Moved the method code to the oStringTables_TextFiles object.

oStringTables/notifyInsts_recalcLanguageText (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Added string table method which notifies other instances which store or display language text to $recalcLanguageText Call this method from oStringTables methods which rebuild or change the language text.

oStringTables/notifyInsts_recalcLanguageText (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Modified method to include parameters pStbName and pStbID to improve performance by only recalculating text as needed.

oStringTables/saveChangedData (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Use the smartlist to simplify saving changes to the cached list.

oStringTables/saveChangedData (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
Removed the "Do $cinst.$:modified". The method does not exist in this class.

oStringTablesEditor_Controller/$#About___ oStringTablesEditor_Controller (2008-05-01 Doug K.)
Added string tables list editor window controller object for wStringTablesEditor_View window class.

oStringTablesSchemasEditor_Model/$saveData (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Store the OldStbID of the schema colname before it is changes. Don't use iOldRow var for tracking.

oStringTablesTools/$#About (2008-05-30 Doug K.)
Created oStringTablesTools object and moved various string table functions from oStringTables to the tools object. This simplifies oStringTables and make the functions accessible to other objects.

oStringTablesTools/$sortStringTablesList (2008-07-30 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Removed debug breakpoint in the method. Set current line to zero if current line was not set.

oStringTablesTools/$sortStringTablesList (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Remove any empty 'homelibname' rows from the string table list. (orphans)

oStringTables_Database/loadStringTablesFromDatabase (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Was calling private method name that didn't exist.

oStringTables_MetaData/getSchemasLists (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
The _listdef schemas which have a $servertablename are to be treated as database schemas for purpose of the string tables. Remove any _template suffixed schemas from the schemas list.

oStringTables_MetaData/retStringTablesListFromSchema_servertablename (2008-05-27 Doug K.)
Get the meta-data label, tooltip, abbrev, labelsingular, labelplural from the oMetaDataTools object.

oStringTables_MetaData/retStringTablesListFromSchema_servertablename (2008-09-09 Doug K.)
Get the meta-data from the oSQLLists object now that is has the oModuleData meta-data.

oStringTables_MetaData/retStringTablesListFromSchema_servertablename (2008-09-10 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Bug fix. hidden columns were being kept rather than deleted from the columns list. Bug fix. Only set the abbrev column value if the abbrev is different than the label.

oStringTables_MetaData/retStringTablesListFromSchema_stb (2008-09-09 Doug K.)
Modified the method so that it does not attempt to use the old style meta-data buried in $userinfo.

oStringTables_TextFiles/retStringTablesListFromTextFile (2008-07-22 Doug K.)
Changed $cinst.$:LanguageID to stb.$:LanguageID

oTableClassMethods_base/$:SQLText_DateTimeNow (2008-06-11 Doug K.)
Bug fix. @[#D] does not work in a SQL statement. Default return empty '' from this method.

oTableClassMethods_base/$_fixSQLText_ModDateTime (2008-06-11 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Only replace ModDateTime SQL text if iDateTimeNowSQLText has a value in it.

oTableClassMethods_base/$doinsertsBatch (2008-05-08 Josh L.)
Replaced irListRow.$statmentobject with a new StmntObj because the $prepare, $execute gets lost during the $setPrimaryKey

oTableClassMethods_base/$doupdatesBatch (2008-06-11 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Set the iRowOLD variable to tBase so that the row in scope of tBase. Remove extra 'Break to end of loop' so that $execute SQL error is logged.

oTableClassMethods_base/$doworkBatch (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Call the table class instance $dodeletesBatch, $doupdatesBatch,$doinsertBatch rather than $cinst so that overridden table class methods will be called.

oTableClassMethods_base/$insertEmptyRecord (2008-05-03 Doug K per Chuck Martin.)
Combined all the 'not null' checks into a single loop. Added test for kDate and set to a bogus date. Check for isnull() rather than len()=0 as the latter fails on numeric fields.

oVersions_abstract/$retModsList (2008-05-20 Doug K.)
Remove any '_X' or '_x' suffixed classes from the modifications list. Remove any '_X' or '_x' suffixed methods from the modifications list.

wDBAdminDataMover/$deleteRecordsSelectedTables (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Remove views from the tables list since we cannot delete records from views.

wDBAdminDataMover/$dropConstraintsSelectedTables (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed End if to End for.

wDBAdminDataMover/syncTables (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Added code to close and reopen the db1sess session if using the OMSQLDAM.

wDBAdminSyncDatabaseToSchemas/syncDatabaseToSelectedSchemas (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Added code to close and reopen the db1sess session if using the OMSQLDAM.

wDBAdminTables/$dropTables (2008-07-31 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Dropping a single view would not work as it was calling $dropTable, check for view or table and call correct method.

wDBAdminTables/buildTablesList (2008-07-25 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Remove the 'pkey' table from the table list if it exists so that when sync'd the lists match.

wErrorPrompt/viewLogFile (2008-05-01 Doug K per Chuck Martin.)
Call the newer $openErrorLogViewer method rather than the deprecated $openLogFileViewer method.

wSQLMetaDataEditorShell/$#event mods (2008-08-01 Doug K.)
Save the last mode each time a node is selected. Solved problem of list jumping back to a different node when you leave and come back to the window.

wSQLMetaDataEditorShell/$notifications_windowevents (2008-07-31 Doug K per Mike M.)
Rebuild the treelist when the window comes to the top or switched to via the tab pane.

wSQLMetaDataEditorShell/eventTreelist_evOpenContextMenu (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Added context menu to allow sync for a single SQL class.

wSQLMetaDataQueryClassEditor_View/$initialize (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Added missing End if.

wSQLMetaDataQueryColsEditor_View/$event (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
On evAfter set the lookupsqlclassname to the matching SQL classes list line, or if not found to the $cobj contents.

wSQLMetaDataSchemaClassEditor_View/$event (2008-09-04 Doug K.)
On evAfter set the lookupsqlclassname to the matching SQL classes list line, or if not found to the $cobj contents.

wSQLMetaDataSchemaColsEditor_View/$#About (2008-08-04 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Copy desc to tooltip was not working. Fixed.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$#About (2008-08-26 Doug K. per Chuck M.)
Copy the extra query text to the old query text if the extra query text is modified by the developer in the window. so that the last developer edit/modify to the extra query text can be restored.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$deleteClass (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Use the oSQLLists method so that meta-data is kept in sync.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$duplicateClass (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Use the oSQLLists method so that meta-data is kept in sync.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$eventWindow (2008-08-28 Doug K.)
Added code to $sync the meta-data with the currently selected query class when the window is hidden.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$eventWindow (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to check if we can modify meta-data, only sync if we can.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$newClass (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Use the oSQLLists method so that meta-data is kept in sync.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$renameClass (2008-09-08 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Rename class was not sending the class reference parameter.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$renameClass (2008-09-29 Doug K.)
Use the oSQLLists method so that meta-data is kept in sync.

wSQLQueryBuilder/event_evClick (2008-08-28 Doug K.)
Added code to $sync the meta-data withfor the current query class when the user clicks on a different query class.

wSQLQueryBuilder/event_evClick (2008-10-01 Doug K.)
Added code to check if we can modify meta-data, only sync if we can.

wSQLQueryBuilder/setDisplay (2008-09-08 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Modify method to just toggle the centre container $enabled property rather than $active property so that the fields can still be scrolled.

wSecurity/changeUser (2008-05-07 Josh L.)
Changed the setting of the logn Session to conform with the new DB Session Structure

wSecurity_GroupWindows/$save (2008-10-08 Doug K per Andy H.)
There could be more than one window that uses the same schema class. There use the max() values for setting schema security values.
wSecurity_GroupWindows/event_evClick (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Don't downgrade schema permissions if the user removes access to to a window instance. Other instances might need those schema permissions.
swDocs4

@00 Menus/@16 Navigation List Editor (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation on the navigation list editor.

@00 Menus/@31 Reports Menus (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation on Reports menus.

@00 Menus/@33 Special Menus (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation on Special menus.

@00 Menus/@35 Other Menus (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation on Other menus.

@00 Menus/@37 Shortcut Keys (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation for menu line shortcut keys.

@00 Menus/@41 Context Menus (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Added documentation and sample code for context menus.

@00 Reports/@10 Reports Menu (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated the documentation for the new Report Instances Editor tab in the Programmer Workbench.

@00 String Tables/@00 About (2008-05-09 Doug K)
Updated string tables documentation.

@00 Web/@10 Web Apps (2008-08-30 Doug K.)
Added 'Web App' documentation.

@10 StudioWorks + JavaScript/@00 StudioWorks+JavaScript (2008-08-30 Doug K.)
Added 'SW+JavaScript' web app documentation.

@20 Quick Start Tutorial/@00 About (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Updated the QuickStart Tutorial for the 2008-10 release of StudioWorks. The tutorial is getting shortere and shorter as StudioWorks gets easier and easier. :-)

@20 Startup Settings/@50 Email Settings (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Removed the note about SMTP passwords not being implemented.

@40 Main Library Startup_Task/@10 Creating a Key Object Subclass (2008-10-08 Doug K.)
Updated documentation to reflect the fact that StartNewApp now has the most of the key object classes subclassed to the main library.

@50 Cached Lists and Module Data/@00 About (2008-07-21 Doug K.)
Added documentation about how cached lists work in the 2008-07-31 release.

@50 Lookups/@25 Intercepting Lookups (2008-05-12 Doug K.)
Added documentation for '$setMainListValues' method to intercept the field handler setting the main list values.

@50 Lookups/@25 Intercepting Lookups (2008-05-26 Doug K. per Chuck M.)
Corrected documentation. '$promptNewMethod' changed to '$promptNewLookupRecord' Corrected documentation. '$promptNewCopyLookup' changed to '$promptNew'CopyLookupRecord'

@50 Performance Testing/@00 About (2008-07-21 Doug K.)
Added documentation on the new Programmer_Task which gives millisecond performance testing for StudioWorks developers.

@50 Programmer Workbench/@00 About (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added documentation for my own reference on the structure and strategy for module data and commit/rollback behavior using smartlists.

@50 Programmer Workbench/@70 Module Data (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added documentation for my own reference on the structure and strategy for module data and commit/rollback behavior using smartlists.

@50 Programmer Workbench/@71 Cascading Updates (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added documentation for my own reference on the structure and strategy for module data and commit/rollback behavior using smartlists.
@50 Programmer Workbench/@72 Save/Commit/Rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added documentation for my own reference on the structure and strategy for module data and commit/rollback behavior using smartlists.
swGui4

FieldHandlersFactory_Task/$:TypesList (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Added 'defaultvalue' decorator type. Used by programmer tools.

FieldHandlersFactory_Task/constructPools (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Flag false was being returns. Flag was not being set. Add default FlagOK as kTrue.

mCommands/$construct (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Change call to deprecated conc.$runtimizeMenu to $runtimizeMenuInst

mContext/attachMenuLineObserver (2008-06-03 Doug K.)
Modified method so that it can handle object reference type observer instances.

mContext/attachMenuLineObserver (2008-09-24 Josh L.)
Changed the line Calculate iObserversRow.[rCol().$name] as pfrObserver.$ref to ..$ref() so the dereference worked properly

oAnimator/$doAnimation (2008-09-08 Josh L.)
Changed from using #CT to using abs(#CT) and from using CurrTime-StartTime to using ElapsedTime = abs(CurrTime-StartTime) For those times when #CT is negative...

oConcretizer/$:LANGUAGECOLNAME.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oConcretizer/$:LANGUAGEID.$ASSIGN (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oConcretizer/$:LANGUAGEID.$ASSIGN (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Deprecated $:LanguageID.$assign from oConcretizer.

oConcretizer/$addFieldsAndLabels (2008-05-02 Doug K.)
Do not add the edit pencil for 'refs' lookups.

oConcretizer/$createRuntimeWinClass (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Replace iLanguageID with stb.$:LanguageID

oConcretizer/$initialize (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Remove early exits.

oConcretizer/$initialize (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Removed pLanguageID parameter. No longer needed by oConcretizer.

oConcretizer/$runtimizeReportInst (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Get the 'abbrev' text from oStringTables rather than the columns list.

oConcretizer/$runtimizeWinInst (2008-05-13 Doug K.)
Clear the iCurr... ivars to ensure that the columns list is rebuilt to reflect meta-data changes.

oConcretizer/addField (2008-07-21 Doug K.)
Switch to using the column's 'stbname.schemacolname' from the 'SQLClassName.listcolname' for $tooltip. Speeds up dynamic window instantiation.

oConcretizer/addLabel (2008-07-21 Doug K.)
Switch to using the column's 'stbname.schemacolname' from the 'SQLClassName.listcolname' for label. Speeds up dynamic window instantiation.

oConcretizer/createRuntimeWinClass (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Replace iLanguageID with stb.$:LanguageID

oConcretizer/retRuntimeFolderRef (2008-07-24 Doug K.)
Replace iLanguageID with stb.$:LanguageID

oConcretizer/setTextAndTooltipProperties (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Remove the dependency for getting string table text from the SQL columns list. Only get it from oStringTables.

oFieldDecorator_defaultvalue/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Added decorator object for 'defaultvalue' decoratortype. This is used by the programmer workbench tools.

oFieldDecorator_displayonly/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Call private method for decorating kCheckbox fields if the field type is kCheckbox.

oFieldDecorator_displayonly/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Only apply the effect and forecolor decorating to kEntry,kMaskedEntry,kMultilineEntry fields. Default simply enables the field.

oFieldDecorator_displayonly/decorateField_kCheckbox (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Added method for decorating kCheckbox fields.

oFieldDecorator_normal/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Call private method for decorating kCheckbox fields if the field type is kCheckbox.

oFieldDecorator_normal/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Only apply the effect and forecolor decorating to kEntry,kMaskedEntry,kMultilineEntry fields. Default simply enables the field.

oFieldDecorator_normal/decorateField_kCheckbox (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Added method for decorating kCheckbox fields.

oFieldHandlerController/$INITIALIZEFIELDS (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Change pfExtraFieldsList_opt from field reference to list data type.

oFieldHandlerController/$addsetFieldDecoratorType (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Change parameter sent the handler from 'pRowNum_opt' to 'RowNum'.

oFieldHandlerController/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed 'ioDecoratorsRow' to 'iDecoratorsRow'.

oFieldHandlerController/$decorateField (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Save and restore $norefresh state, in case it has been set to kTrue before running this method.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2008-05-01 Doug K.)
Added FlagOK default true and return FlagOK for proper error handling.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2008-05-12 Doug K per Chuck Martin.)
Removed OK message that was used for debug testing.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2008-09-03 Doug K.)
Fixed problem with lookup inactive not working as reported by Josh. Also discovered that field was being re-decorated every keystroke. Added code to not decorate on evKey.

oFieldHandlerController/$event (2008-10-09 Doug K per Mike M)
Pass evKey events to the field handler decorator objects so that 'displayonly' will discard keystrokes that attempt to modify data.

oFieldHandlerController/$retFieldHandlerType (2008-08-22 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the handlertype for the current mode for the specified field. This method was need enabling the date picker button when the date field was set to the 'click' handler type.

oFieldHandlerController/$showLookupList (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Remove line which set reference irWin to prWin of the lookup list. The ivar irWin is not used in the field controller.

oFieldHandlerController/convertPrevVersionFieldPropertiesList (2008-06-04 Doug K.)
Changed irWin to irWinInst. irWin is the incorrect ivar to use.

oFieldHandlerGenerateProperties/buildLookupProperties (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/$control (2008-08-06 Doug K per Will Adkin)
If the user hits the enter/return key discard the event queue a tab, but don't queue a return as that causes the default $saveandclose to get called.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/initialize (2008-05-12 Doug K.)
Default FlagOK as kTrue.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/initialize (2008-07-02 Doug K.)
Check if 'lookuprefs' before setting SQL class related look values.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/promptNewRecord (2008-05-26 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Added passing 'pbUseEntryFieldContents' parameter to the entry field $promptNew... methods.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/selectfetchMasterListRecords (2008-08-14 Doug K per Andy H.)
If you have just looked up a field with a refs list for entries, then the test fails. Added isnull() test to solve the problem.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/setMainListValues (2008-05-01 Doug K.)
Added $cando test for entry field $setMainListValues method, and if found let the entry field set the main list values. This can be used where you are trying to use the same lookup list for different fields in the same window.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-05-09 Doug K per bug report by Chuck Martin.)
Do not add kCombo, kDroplist, kPoplist types of fields to the field properties list. This means that the field handler will igorne these fields.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-05-09 Doug K. per bug reported by Josh.)
Remove defaulting to 'normal' any fields with a dataname that is not in the SQL defined columns list.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Set irWin to prWin at the beginning of the method so that error messages can include the window instance/class name.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList/setLookupProperties (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-05-09 Doug K per bug report by Chuck Martin.)
Do not add kCombo, kDroplist, kPoplist types of fields to the field properties list. This means that the field handler will igorne these fields.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-05-09 Doug K. per bug reported by Josh.)
Remove defaulting to 'normal' any fields with a dataname that is not in the SQL defined columns list.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/$retFieldPropertiesList (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Set irWin to prWin at the beginning of the method so that error messages can include the window instance/class name.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/setLookupProperties (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

oFieldHandlerPropertiesList_20081110_BAD/setLookupProperties_20081110 (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

oFieldHandlerTools/$setFieldValue (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Go up the containers from the field and send a $:Modified.$assign(kTrue) to the first container that will accept this message.

oFieldHandler_notes/$_openNoteEditViewWindow (2008-10-14 Doug K per Mike M.)
Look in the $ctask.$lib rather than $clib for the 'wFieldHandlerNoteEditView' window.

oFieldPropertiesTool/$#About (2008-06-11 Doug K.)
Created a handy dandy object which save and restores field properties on a user by user basis. For most fields you simply pass in the $cinst and $cfield from the $construct and $destruct methods of the field. Properties are saved to the window instances custom properties list.

oFormatPhoneNumber/$#About (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Added object class which formats an input phone number string to a specified format string.

oMenus/$:LanguageID.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oMenus/$:NavigationMenuLinesMasterList (2008-07-10 Doug K.)
Get the nav menu lines list from the new oNavigationMenu_Model object.

oMenus/$RETNAVMENUSLINESLIST (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Deprecated the method. It should be named $retNavMenuLinesList, not $retNavMenusLinesList.

oMenus/$getNavMenuLists (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Added new method which gets the groups list, subgroups list, and nav menu lines list all at once.

oMenus/$initialize (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminated the need for any parameters for this method.

oMenus/$recalcIcons (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oWindowMenus_Model object.

oMenus/$recalcLanguageText (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Modified method to include parameters pStbName and pStbID to improve performance by only recalculating text as needed.

oMenus/$recalcLanguageText (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oWindowMenus_Model object.

oMenus/$retNavMenuGroupsList (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Added code to use the groups list and groupsortorder property.

oMenus/$retNavMenuLinesList (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Moved the code to a private method which is accessed by other methods.

oMenus/$retNavMenuSubGroupsList (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Added method to return the sorted subgroups list for a specified group.

oMenus/$retWindowMenuLinesList (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oWindowMenus_Model object.

oMenus/$retWindowMenusList (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
Added menulibname and menuclassname to the windows menu list being returned from this method.

oMenus/$updateIcon (2008-06-16 Doug K.)
Added method to allow dynamic updating of the icons in the menu lists.

oMenus/$updateIcon (2008-07-10 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oNavigationMenu_Model object.

oMenus/$updateIcon (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oWindowMenus_Model object.

oMenus/$updateLanguageText (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oNavigationMenu_Model object.

oMenus/$updateLanguageText (2008-08-09. Doug K.)
Forward the message to the new oWindowMenus_Model object.

oMenus/retNavMenusLinesList (2008-07-10 Doug K.)
Get the nav menu lines list from the new oNavigationMenu_Model object.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$:wininstid.$assign (2008-09-08 Josh L.)
Changed If .. to else if ... so the case would be caught.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$deleteMenuLine (2008-07-22 Doug K.)
Check the homelibname after deleting the menu line. If the new current line doesn't match, shift up one line.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$loadData (2008-10-06 Doug K.)
Store the entire navigation menu list in the main library oModuleData object of the app. The groups and subgroups list are stored in the main library oModule, so it is least complicated for the VCS to store the nav list there as well.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$moveSubGroupAfter (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Use the new saveChangedSubGroupsData smartlist method.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$newSubGroup (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Use the new saveChangedSubGroupsData smartlist method.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$recalcIcons (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Use the new saveChangedGroupsData and saveChangedSubGroupsData smartlist methods.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$recalcLanguageText (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Modified method to include parameters pStbName and pStbID to improve performance by only recalculating text as needed.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$recalcLanguageText (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Use the new saveChangedData and smartlist methods. Use the new saveChangedGroupsData and saveChangedSubGroupsData smartlist methods.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oNavigationMenu_Model/$updateLanguageText (2008-08-18 Doug K per Josh L.)
Use the smarlist saveChangedData method to avoid saving to all modules. Add parameters to groups and subgroup menus parameters to improve performance.

oNavigationMenu_Model/loadCachedLists (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Set the data list to be a smartlist to simplify saving changes.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to include the pbAutoCommit parameter.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedData (2008-10-06 Doug K.)
Modified the method to save the entire navigation menu lines list to the main library oModuleData object and clear the others.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedGroupsData (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Added method to save group data using smartlist properties.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedGroupsData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to include the pbAutoCommit parameter.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedSubGroupsData (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Added method to save subgroup data using smartlist properties.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedSubGroupsData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to include the pbAutoCommit parameter.

oNavigationMenu_Model/saveChangedSubGroupsData (2008-08-28 Josh L.)
Changed iGroupsList to iSubGroupsList so the Modified flag would be set correctly for this method

oNavigationMenu_Model/setSubGroupsListText (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed 'groupid' to 'subgroupid' and 'grouptext' to 'subgrouptext'

oPrompts/$_prompt_constructHeadedList (2008-07-07 Doug K.)
Add bLogError=kFalse to the oSQLLists call to prevent error message.

oReportsMenuObserver_abstract/$redirectToPrintReportObj (2008-09-05 Doug K)
Added $cinst. prefix to Do ioPrintReport so that the subclass ivar can be overridden to point to oPrintReport in the local library, making it easier for the developer to jump to those methods.

oTabPaneController/$:TabsList (2008-05-17 Doug K.)
Added property methods to allow the sender to dynamically change the tab pane setup.

oTabPaneController/$retSubWinRef (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added $retSubWinRef method to the oTabPaneController. Returns a reference to a subwindow on a tab pane.

oWindowInstances_Model/$:hascustomcmnds.$assign (2008-08-22 Doug K.)
Omnis bug? For some reason I could NOT calculate cmndslist consistently without first making is #NULL.

oWindowInstances_Model/$rebuildData (2008-10-06 Doug K.)
Recalc the iconid each time this method is run.

oWindowInstances_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oWindowInstances_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oWindowInstances_Model/$setandsaveCustomCmndsList (2008-08-22 Doug K.)
Omnis bug? For some reason I could NOT calculate cmndslist consistently without first making is #NULL.

oWindowInstances_Model/$setandsaveCustomCmndsList (2008-09-08 Doug K. per Chuck.)
Calculate the enabled and toolbar cmnds csv string for default cmnds.

oWindowInstances_Model/$updateIcons (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Modified method so that is only updates wininstids which match the new or old icon name.

oWindowInstances_Model/loadCachedList (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Set the datalist to be a smartlist to simplify saving changes.

oWindowInstances_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified method to use pbAutocommit parameter.

oWindowInstances_Tool/$getWinInstsList (2008-07-09 Josh L.)
A while loop with $first and no $next causes an infinite loop. Fixed that.

oWindowInstances_Tool/$getWinInstsList (2008-07-09 Josh L.)
A badly aligned while loop has quite indeterminate side effects. Moved the End If outside the End While

oWindowInstances_Tool/$retDefaultCmndsList (2008-07-31 Doug K. per Mike M.)
Return one empty command in the cmndslist for 'container' and 'other' wintypes so that custom commands can be added to containers.

oWindowInstances_Tool/addDefaultWinInstID (2008-08-09 Doug K.)
Modify code to use the schema name, less the first letter, rather than the servertablename as the base text for the default wininstid.

oWindowInstances_Tool/addDefaultWinInstID (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Set toolbarposn as 'top' (was toolbarvisible). Set searchbarvisible default kTrue for 'list' default window instances.

oWindowInstances_Tool/retSchemaClassesList (2008-08-18 Doug K.)
Added search and remove _template appended schema classes.

oWindowInstances_Tool_v200805/setWinTypesInList (2008-07-22 Doug K.)
Changed the deprecated 'lsts.$:MasterList' to 'lsts.$:DatabaseQueriesSchemasAndViewsList'

oWindowMenus_Model/$addMenu (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Added missing parameter 'MenuID'.

oWindowMenus_Model/$loadData (2008-09-08 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added parameter pMenuLineOrder_opt to ensure correct menu line is loaded if duplicates

oWindowMenus_Model/$recalcLanguageText (2008-07-30 Doug K.)
Modified method to include parameters pStbName and pStbID to improve performance by only recalculating text as needed.

oWindowMenus_Model/$recalcLanguageText (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Modified the method to search and only update menulineids matching the pStbID_opt.

oWindowMenus_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oWindowMenus_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oWindowMenus_Model/addMenuLine (2008-09-05 Doug K per Mike M.)
Corrected the parameters being passed to the checkaddMenuLineIDtoMenuObserver method.

oWindowMenus_Model/checkaddMenuLineIDtoMenuObserver (2008-09-05 Doug K per Mike M.)
Corrected the parameters being passed to the _checkaddObserver... methods.

oWindowMenus_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified method to use pbAutoCommit parameter.

oWindowMenus_Model/setMenuLineText (2008-10-02 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Menu line text was not being set if the string table text already existed.

oWindows/$:DefaultDevWinEditRef (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Redirect this method to the new oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$:DefaultDevWinListRef (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Redirect this method to the new oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$:LANGUAGECOLNAME.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oWindows/$:LANGUAGEID.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Added new property methods for $:LanguageID. Deprecated $:LanguageColName.

oWindows/$:LANGUAGEID.$assign (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Deprecated method. The windows list does not store any language text.

oWindows/$:WindowsList (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Redirect this method to the new oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$openWindow (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Updated method to use the window instances model object.

oWindows/$prepareSubWin (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Updated method to use the window instances model object.

oWindows/$retWinClassRef (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Make some calls from this method directly to the oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$retWinIconID (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Redirect the message to the oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$retWinInstsModelObjRef (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Added method to return the window instances model object reference. Needed by the window instances editor.

oWindows/$retWindowsListProperty (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Redirect the message to the oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$retWindowsListRow (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Redirect the message to the oWindowInstances_Model object.

oWindows/$updateIcon (2008-06-17 Doug K.)
Added method to dynamically update the iconids in the windows list for a new or changed icon.

oWindows/$updateIcon (2008-07-03 Doug K.)
Redirect the message to the oWindowInstances_Model.

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$_constructMenus (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
Remove dependency on menuclassref being preset. Use menulibname and menuclassname to find the class.

wBase_abstract/$:DataListRef (2008-07-15 Doug K per Will Adkin.)
Considered changing iList.$ref.$ref to iList.$ref but found out the key to calling this method is to include closing parenthesis. Add extra info to the method desc. "When calling this method be SURE to include closing () parenthesis. e.g. Do rWin.$:DataListRef() Returns rList"

wComplexGrid_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Copy superclass code 'Calculate iMode as pMode' to the subclass. Not worth stepping up to the superclass method.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Send $setMode message to field handler instead of $initializeField.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$construct (2008-07-07 Doug K.)
Send a $initialize message to the new oFieldHandlerController object.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$control (2008-09-24 Josh L.)
Added the $cando around the $event_evOpenContextMenu call as not all parents will have this functionality.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$delete (2008-05-30 Josh L.)
Was deleting records without saving other changes in edit mode. Now works correctly in both view and edit mode.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$event_evOpenContextMenu (2008-05-02 Josh L.)
Added this method so that right-clicking doesn't produce an error.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$viewRecord (2008-05-30 Josh L.)
changed $enableEdit to $disableEdit to make the complex grid behave like a list.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$editRecord (2008-05-05 Josh L.)
Added the parameter pbActuallyView to enable viewing instead of editing a record in this window.

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$prepareSubWin (2008-09-23 Doug K per Andy H.)
Replaced 'Do inherited' with 'Do $cinst.$inherited.[$cmethod().$name]...'

wContainer_Edit_ListChildren_abstract/$viewRecord (2008-05-05 Josh L.)
Added this method so view functionality can be used in this window.

wContainer_List_Edit_abstract/$showSubWin (2008-07-21 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Added not(isnull(irswEdit)) test before comparing with prSubWin and checking its mode. Also set Init. Val/Calc for irswEdit, irswList, irswListParent to #NULL.

wContainer_TabEdit_abstract/$viewRecord (2008-05-05 Josh L.)
Added this method so view functionality is available to this container window.

wContainer_TabListSpecific_abstract/$_constructTabCaptions (2008-09-03 Doug K.)
Call oWindows.$retWinTitle to figure out the tab caption. If WinInstID is empty, name the tab caption "Tab ##".

wContainer_abstract/$_constructMenus (2008-08-29 Doug K.)
Remove dependency on menuclassref being preset. Use menulibname and menuclassname to find the class.

wDatabaseTablesEditor/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Send $setMode message rather than $initializeFields message to the oFieldHandlerController. Added parameter bForceResetFields to get the new field handler controller to reset all the field even though the mode doesn't change.

wEditList_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Copy the superclass method 'Calculate iMode as pMode' rather than 'Do inherited'. Not worth the extra step.

wEditList_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Send a $setMode message to oFieldHandlerController rather than $initializeFields.

wEditList_abstract/$construct (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Point ivar 'ifld' to the new oFieldHandlerController and sent it an $initialize message from the $construct method.

wEditList_abstract/$construct (2008-09-09 Doug K.)
Added code to load the iWinsListRow row.

wEditList_abstract/$displayLookupFieldDropList (2008-09-09 Doug K.)
Added the $displayLookupFieldDropList to the wEditList_abstract method as it was missing.

wEditList_abstract/$editLookupFieldRecord (2008-09-09 Doug K.)
Added the $editLookupFieldRecord to the wEditList_abstract method as it was missing.

wEdit_abstract/$_fetchControlTable (2008-10-03 Doug K. per Mike Matthews.)
Bug fix. Check len(SQLClassName)>0 rather than not(isnull(SQLClassName))

wEdit_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Replace 'Do inherited' with the superclass code 'Calculate iMode as pMode'. No worth the extra step to go up to the superclass method.

wEdit_abstract/$_setMode (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Point ivar 'ifld' to new oFieldHandlerController' object class. Move $initialize to $construct. Instead just send $setMode to the new field handler from this method.

wEdit_abstract/$close (2008-07-02 Doug K.)
Added code to make sure the lookup list subwindow field is hidden when the edit window is closed.

wEdit_abstract/$construct (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Send an $initialize message to the new oFieldHandlerController. It only need to be initialized once. In previous versions $initializeFields was repeated from the $_setMode method.

wEdit_abstract/$revert (2008-07-02 Doug K.)
Added code to make sure the lookup list subwindow field is hidden when the edit window is closed.

wEdit_abstract/$revert (2008-07-04 Doug K.)
Removed the code that disabled the window instance if it was in 'new' mode. I'm not sure why it was coded to disable the window.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$:ListUserPropertiesRow (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid' and stb.$:LangagueColName to $:LangaugeID.

wHeadedListSimple_autoconfig/$:ListUserPropertiesRow.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid' and stb.$:LanguageColName to $:LanguageID

wHeadedList_autoconfig/$:SQLClassName.$assign (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the label, tooltip, abbrev columns text to the current language text.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/buildListObjFromMetaData (2008-09-30 Doug K.)
Get the abbrev text from oStringTables. The current language text is no longer cached in the SQL meta-data.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/resizeTotals (2008-07-330 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Removed extra End if from For loop.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/saveUserPropertiesList (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid' and stb.$:LanguageColName to $:LanguageID

wHeadedList_autoconfig/setListProperties (2008-07-25 Doug K. per Matthias H.)
Set ivar iText_yes for the treatasboolean column so that other languages can be used.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/setListProperties (2008-09-30 Doug K.)
Call oStringTables for the text for each column heading. The current language text is no longer cached in the SQL meta-data.

wList_abstract/$_constructFetchAll (2008-06-09 Doug K.)
Set iBatchSize to kFetchall if the table is a fetchall table.

wList_abstract/$_retActiveCmndsList (2008-08-01 Doug K>)
Added test for iSQLClassName before sending message to oSQLLists. Avoid error message.

wLookupList/setSize (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Translate the label, tooltip, abbrev from oStringTables before setting the HeaderTextCSV.

wNav_Treelist/$_event_evClick (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Use the $ident of the node to select the $line of the iNavMenuList. Solved search problem if duplicate wininstids in the nav list.

wNav_Treelist/$constructTreelist (2008-07-14 Doug K.)
Modified the method to use the new nav menu group/subgroup list supporting the sort order.

wNav_Treelist/$constructTreelist (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Set the $ident of the wininstid node to the $line of the iNavMenuList. If a wininstid is multiple times in the list, the correct one will be selected based on the line number.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria/$initialize (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria_subwin/setEntryField (2008-07-21 Doug K per Andy H)
Added 'Case' for kNumber to allow negative values in the search entry field.

wPromptModelessSubWin/_addField_kHeadedListBox (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the columns list label, tooltip, abbrev from oStringTables.

wPromptModelessSubWin/addFieldsAndLabelsUsingConcretizer (2008-07-17 Doug K.)
Switch to $initialize followed by $setMode for the new oFieldHandlerController object.

wPromptShell/$event_ButtonPressed (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Queue cancel to close the window rather than Queue OK because the OK causes the button pressed to become the OK button.

wPromptShell/$setButtons (2008-05-03 Doug K per Chuck Martin.)
Set the current line after adding a line to the buttons list. Return kTrue at the end of the method.

wSearchbar_abstract/$initialize (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
If there are no 'includeinsearches' columns found, get the 'includeinlists' columns, and if still nothing get the not('hidden') columns.

wSearchbar_abstract/$initialize (2008-07-01 Doug K.)
Set the 'label' column text to the current oStringTables translated value for the column.

wSearchbar_abstract/$setEntryField (2008-09-30 Doug K.)
Set the checkbox field $left to match the entry field $left.

wSearchbar_abstract/$setOperatorList (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Add FlagOK variable and default to true. The iOperatorList could be empty if there are no search columns specified in the meta-data.

wSignIn/$#About (2008-07-25 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
Created wSignIn as a subclass of the new wSignIn_abstract. This window class can be copied to the developer's main library and modified.

wSignIn_20071124/event_evClick (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Changed 'languagecolname' to 'languageid' and stb.$:LanguageColName to $:LanguageID

wSignIn_20080725/$signIn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Add initialize security object AFTER successful logon to the database. Because security gets the users from the database we have to after logon to initialize the security object.

wSignIn_abstract/$#About (2008-07-25 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
Created wSignIn_abstract with just the signin class methods...no fields. This will allow developers to copy wSignIn from swGui4 to their main library and modify the GUI for their own app while still using the sw signin window methods.

wSignIn_abstract/$event_evClick_LanguagesDropList (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Moved private field method to public class method so it can be used by the subclass.

wSignIn_abstract/$event_evClick_SessionsDropList (2008-07-25 Doug K.)
Moved private field method to public class method so it can be used by the subclass.

wSignIn_abstract/$signIn (2008-06-18 Doug K.)
Add initialize security object AFTER successful logon to the database. Because security gets the users from the database we have to after logon to initialize the security object.

wToolbar/$addButton (2008-06-16 Doug K.)
Set button $mouseevents property to true. (So that $mouseevents does not have to be set to kTrue in the library prefs.)

wToolbar/$addMenu (2008-06-16 Doug K.)
Set button field $mouseevents property to true. (So that $mouseevents does not have to be set to kTrue in the library prefs.)

wToolbar/$initializeButtons (2008-07-0-21 Doug K.)
In some cases the wToolbar subwindow starts out with a $height of 1, but then is set to a different height later. Move the vertical toolbar checking and setting code to the $resize method.

wToolbar/$resize (2008-07-0-21 Doug K.)
In some cases the wToolbar subwindow starts out with a $height of 1, but then is set to a different height later. Move the vertical toolbar checking and setting code to the $resize method.

wToolbar/setVertToolbarButtons (2008-09-10 Doug K per Chuck M.)
For vertical scrollbar, hide the underline line.

wWindowInstancesListEditor/$openWindow (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Check if the window is an 'edit', 'editnew', or 'new' wintype and if so send a $newRecord message to the current subwin, first test with $cando This makes it possible to directly test and edit/new window instance.

wWindowInstancesListEditor_View/doesDeveloperizedWinClassExist (2008-07-21 Doug K.)
Added method to check if a developer class already exists. Use to prompt developer before re-developerizing a window class.
wWindowMenusListBrowser/$#About (2008-08-04 Doug K. per Chuck M.)
Fixed the column heading. Was 'library' s/b 'wininstid'.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4

oRefs/$retRefsDataTypesList (2008-09-22 Doug K per Andy H.)
Name the first column 'DataType' instead of 'RefsDataType'.

oRefs/$retRefsDataTypesList (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Add Row and Binary datatypes to the list.

oRefs/$saveRefsRecord (2008-05-05 Doug K per Chuck Martin.)
Bug fix. Changed 'Calculate Row as Row' to 'Calculate Row as pfRefsRow'.

oRefs/$saveRefsRecord (2008-05-16 Josh L.)
Commented out lines to assign Row as pfPrefsRow because it is done earlier and if done here will erase any defaults set.

tRefs/$setRefsDisplayTextColumn (2008-10-07 Doug K.)
Fixed code to correctly calculate the RefsDisplayText and clean up the RefsDataType value if it is prefixed with 'Refs'
wRefsEdit/setRefsValueField (2008-05-03 Doug K.)
Fixed code errors and error handling.
swReports4

oReportInstsList_Model/$saveChangedData_commit (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oReportInstsList_Model/$saveChangedData_manualtrans (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to specify when to save changed data and whether or not to commit saves.

oReportInstsList_Model/$saveChangedData_rollback (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Added method to allow sender to rollback any changes.

oReportInstsList_Model/loadModuleData (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Added method which loads the reports lists from the module data objects.

oReportInstsList_Model/loadModuleData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Set the data list to $smartlist=kTrue.

oReportInstsList_Model/saveChangedData (2008-08-19 Doug K.)
Modified the method to work with pbAutoCommit.

oReports/$:LanguageID.$assign (2008-05-08 Doug K.)
Deprecated $:LanguageColName. Added $:LanguageID property method.
oReports/$initialize (2008-07-18 Doug K.)
Modified initialize to use the new report instances model object.
swWeb4

oRemoteTaskMethods/initialize_mn (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Eliminate the parameters no longer needed for sending to oMenus.

oRemoteTaskMethods/initialize_rprts (2008-07-16 Doug K.)
Simplified the call to initialize oReports. It no longer requires parameters.
oWebMonitor/$retWebStatsList (2008-05-05 Doug K.)
Use 'db1sess.$getStatementObject' instead of 'db1sess.$newstatement'
Version 2008-04-30

This release introduces a few significant structural changes to the framework.
1. Demos!!! - All of the StartNewApp demo libraries have been combined into a single library named myAppDemos. The classes for each demo has been put in a separate folder within the library. All of the demos show up in the navigation list under a Demos group.
  
  New demos which have been added: Print PDF Demo, Email Demo, Field Handler Demo,
  List Tab Edit Container Demo
2. Field Handling - The field handlings and decorating classes have been completely restructured and rewritten. The new field handlers make it much easier for developers to customized and control field handling and decoration. See Windows > Field Handling for more information.
3. Database Sessions - The oLogon series classes have been replaced by an oDBSession series of classes. The new oDBSession classes remove dependency on the session name and can work with $sessions or $sessionpools. (There appears to be an Omnis Studio bug that currently messes up how I am using $sessionpools - hopefully that will be cleared up in the future.)
  
  The oDBSessions structure is designed to make it simple for StudioWorks apps to work with multiple databases simultaneously.
  
  The sessionname property is as an ID for the session as stored in the oSessionManager saved sessions. The sessionname is not important for the name of the actual session which is opened with the database. The oDBSession object appends a numbered suffix to the sessionname when it opens a session with the database.
  
  The database sessions change cascades to the Database Admin classes, Table Classes, Error Handler, and oRefs.
  
  Database session documentation has been added under the StudioWorks > SQL section.
4. Base Table Class - All of the tBase methods have been moved to oTableClassMethods_DBMSVENDOR classes. tBase is now a bridge object which instantiates the correct oTableClassMethods object for the current session's DAM and then forwards any messages to the instaniated methods object class. This makes it very easy to override and modify a table class method for a specific DBMS.
  tBase first check your main library for an oTableClassMethods_DBMSVENDOR object, making it possible for you subclass any of the oTableClassMethod_DBMSVENOR objects to your main library and override or enhance the StudioWorks object's table class methods.
5. Primary Keys - All primary keys related code has been moved to a set of oPrimaryKeys series objects. This way the same primary keys code can be shared by oTableClassMethods and oDBAdmin. A subclass of oPrimaryKeys_abstract has been created for each DBMS vendor. The oPrimaryKeys_abstract superclass code defaults to creating and using a pkey table for primary key counters. Subclasses override the superclass oPrimaryKeys_abstract methods if the DBMS is used for providing primary keys.
  
  Both oTableClassMethods and oDBAdmin first check your main library for an oPrimaryKeys_DBMSVENDOR object, making it possible for you subclass any of the oPrimaryKeys_DBMSVENDOR objects to your main library and override or enhance the StudioWorks object's methods.
6. Check Data - All check data code has been moved out to an oCheckData class. oCheckData can be subclassed to the same library as your schema class and named oCheckData_tablename. $check_ColName or $check_BusinessRule methods can be added to the subclass. Any $check_ prefixed method will be called by the $checkCurrRow superclass method. By moving all check data related code to a separate set of objects custom check data code can be shared by table classes, window classes, and objects classes.
  
  A $checkColumn(pColName) method has been added to tBase. This allows you to immediately run a check on a single column on evAfter in a field $event method. See SQL > Check Data for more information.
  
  The $checkData method in tBase has been renamed to $checkCurrRow for better clarity on what the method does.
  
  The $checkCurrRow method of a tBase instance bound to a query class will now call custom oCheckData_tablename $check_ prefixed methods of the base table... a problem that we couldn't solve in previous StudioWorks releases.
7. DB Admin Classes - All of the database users related methods have been moved to a separate set of oDBAdminUsers series of classes. This greatly simplifies the oDBAdmin series classes allowing them to focus on create/alter/sync operations on database tables.
8. DB Admin Users - This new series of oDBAdminUser series classes contains all of the database users related methods. Database users are different than App users. App users are in the users we add to the usr table. Database users are in the DBMS. (e.g. root, _system, dbadmin) Databases which support users have GRANT/REVOKE privileges on tables. To the best of my knowledge all StudioWorks developers are logging on to their databases as the tables owner user, so the oDBAdminUsers series of object is not pressing. FrontBase is the only database users code that I've written to date. The code needs to be tested.
9. DB Admin Data Mover - Completely overhauled and tested with OmnisSQL, MySQL, PostgreSQL, FrontBase. You can point to a new database and click Full Sync and Copy Data, or Quick Sync and Copy Data in this window. No need to first sync the database in the Schemas and Tables window. Code has been added to remove the selected Source Database from the list of Target Databases preventing you from accidentally selecting the same session as the source and target.
10. DB Admin Interactive SQL - SQL history has been added. Each time you successfully execute a SQL statement it is added to the end of the Unique History list. If you click an item in the history list it is loaded into the SQL text field where you can edit it. Double-clicking on an item loads and immediately executes it. The history list is saved to your local_prefs.df1 file.
11. Refs Primary Keys Counter - All of the primary key related methods have been removed from the oRefs object. All primary key related methods are now part of the oPrimaryKeys series of objects. The refs table is no longer used to store primary key counters.
12. Refs Session - The oRefs object no longer opens a second session to the main database. When the oRefs object is initialized it stores a object reference to the specified oDBSession object reference instance. (By default db1sess is passed in.) oRefs methods which increment counters check the session $transactionmode and if kSessionTransManual it temporarily opens a manual transactions session with the database, increments the counter, and closes the temporary session. This ensures that counters won't be rolled back - something that would be a real headache in multi-user environments.
13. Lower Case Table Names, Primary and Foreign Key Names - To make it easier to work with different databases (MySQL in particular) the table names in StartNewApp and in StudioWorks core modules (Errorlog, AppPrefs, LocalPrefs, Webappstat) have been changed to lower case in names. The primary key and foreign key column names have also all been switched to lower case. (Country_pkey becomes country_pkey, Stateprov_fkey becomes stateprov_fkey). This change should not break existing apps. StudioWorks developers are free to continue to use mixed case table names and mixed case pkey and fkey column names.
14. Path Objects - I got tired of requiring StudioWorks developers to copy the oPaths object class to their main library everytime a new method, enhancement, or fix is made to the oPaths object. Several changes to oPaths were made in this release for the unicode version of Omnis Studio. With this release I've reworked the main library methods to make it possible to subclass oPaths_studioworks from swBase4 to your main library. See the update notes for more information.
15. String Tables - The string tables structure has been overhauled and improved. The big thing is that the base language is named metadata. As the name indicates is all of the metadata that you have entered in your application, including the _stb schema classes. The metadata in the StudioWorks core libraries in in en-us, but you are free to enter the metadata in your modules in the language of your choice. (fr, it, etc.) Your metadata will then be a mix of en-us and the language you choose to use for the metadata for your modules. You then create stringtables_*.txt files for any languages you want to support (stringtables_fr.txt, stringtables_en-gb.txt). One file for each language. The stringtable_*.txt file only needs to contain the rows where the language text is different than the metadata text. If the metadata in your modules is in French you would only need to provide the French language text for the metadata in the sw core libraries. The stringtables_*.txt files will normally have the metadata langauge columns included in them, but only the language specified in the file name suffix will be loaded if the string tables are reloaded.
  
  You can allow customers to edit the string tables text for any language by giving them access to the String Tables Editor window. Any changes they make to the string tables text for any language are automatically saved to their database (Special rows in the refs table, one record for each modified language). Only the changed values are saved to the customer's database. When the string tables are rebuilt the changed values for each language stored in the database are loaded last, overwriting any values found loaded from stringtables_*.txt files. The metadata values are never overwritten, they are simply used if the current language value for an stbname.stbid is empty.
Upgrading to this version of StudioWorks will require some changes to existing StudioWorks applications... but the gains should be worth the pains. If you run into difficulties upgrading you app to this version, zip the app and send it to me with an email explaining the problems you are running into.

To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Follow the Upgrading oPaths Object instructions in the next section.
4. Follow the Upgrading oLogon to oDBSession instructions in the next section.
5. If you have stringtables.txt files in your startupitems folder... rename them adding the correct _*.txt language suffix.
6. Toss your app_prefs.df1 file in your modules folder to force all cached lists to be rebuilt.
7. Open you application and test it.
8. If you hit any snags, email me a zip of your application with instructions on when and where you are running into problems.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
Upgrading Existing SW Apps

This section covers upgrading your existing StudioWorks app to this new release.

I got tired of requiring StudioWorks developers to copy the oPaths object class to their main library everytime a new method, enhancement, or fix is made to the oPaths object. Several changes to oPaths were made in this release for the unicode version of Omnis Studio. With this release I've reworked the main library methods to make it possible to subclass oPaths_studioworks from swBase4 to your main library.

In previous versions we used oPaths to tell us the path to the studioworks folder, and then we would open the StudioWorks libraries. This meant that oPaths could not be subclassed from swBase4. This release introduces a self contained oOpenLibraries object who's sole purpose is to find and open the App libraries and find and open the studioworks folder libraries. As soon as swBase4 is open the main library oPaths has its superclass and is ready to use. Under the new structure any code fixes or new method I add to oPaths_studioworks in swBase4 are automatically inherited by the oPaths object in your main library. If a code change or fix is made to oOpenLibraries you will only need to replace that object, which I doubt you will ever need to customize.
1. After you have made a backup of your existing application, replace your old StudioWorks core libraries with the new StudioWorks core libraries.
2. Open your existing application's main library without opening the startup task. (Hold down the Ctrl/Cmnd key when you open the library.)
3. Rename the oPaths object in your main library to oPaths_YYYYMMDD
4. Open the myAppMain library of the new StudioWorks release.
5. Drag the oPaths object from myAppMain to your main library. The new oPaths object is subclassed from oPaths_studioworks in swBase4.
6. Copy an custom methods added to your old oPaths object to the new oPaths object. Review any modifications you made to the old oPaths object class and add them to the new oPaths object if necessary. Hopefully you won't need to override and modify any of the superclass methods.
7. Drag the oOpenLibraries object from myAppMain to your main library. The oOpenLibraries specializes in opening your App's modules and the StudioWorks core libraries.
8. Drag the oDBSession object from myAppMain to your main library.
9. Rename the Startup_Task in your main library to Startup_Task_YYYYMMDD
10. Drag the Startup_Task from myAppMain to your main library.
11. If you have modified the Startup_Task in your main library, copy and modified methods in your original Startup_Task to the Startup_Task you copied from myAppMain. The key changes made in the new Startup_Task are:
12. Open the swGui4.lbs library of the new release.
13. Copy the Startup_Task from swGui4 to each of your modules, replacing the existing Startup_Task in each module, so that the db1sess tvar will be visible to the code in all of your modules. (This assumes your modules are not actually using their Startup_Task class.)
14. Delete the app_prefs.df1 file in your modules folder. This will force the lists to be rebuilt when you open your app.
15. If you have any stringtables.txt files you will need to add the language ID suffixs to the file name. (e.g. stringtables_fr.txt) If you have more than one language in the same file you will need to copy the file and add the appropriate language ID suffix to each file name.
16. Close all your libraries.
17. Cross your fingers and open your updated app. All going well it will open without any problems.
18. If you have runtimized your windows you might have to re-runtimize.
19. You may need to resync your database. Be sure to backup your database before doing so.
20. If you run into snags and can't resolve them, zip your app email it to me.
Upgrading from oLogon to oDBSession

This section assumes you have already completed the previous steps in Upgrading the Main Library.

To upgrade your existing application code from oLogon to oDBSession:
1. If you have not already done so, open your existing application's main library without opening the startup task. (Hold down the Ctrl/Cmnd key when you open the library.)
2. Open all of the modules of your main library and open the swBase4 and swGui4 libraries.
3. Close the swBase4, swGui4, myAppMain libraries.
4. Open the Omnis Studio Find and Replace window (Ctrl/Cmnd+F) and do the following:
5. Review any changes you made to your main library Startup_Task_YYYYMMDD startup task and copy them over to the Startup_Task.
6. All going well you should be able to open the Startup_Task of your main library and sign-in to your StudioWorks app.
myAppMain

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Added 'db1sess' tvar and 'db2sess' tvar to the Startup_Task.

Startup_Task/$closeDemoLibraries (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Send message to 'pths' rather than ioPaths. Delete ioPaths ivar.

Startup_Task/$construct (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Call the oOpenLibraries object method rather than the Startup_Task method to open the App and StudioWorks libraries. oOpenLibraries is a self-contained object, allowing oPaths in the main library to subclassed from swBase4 rather than copied, making updates affecting oPaths much easier in the future.

Startup_Task/setErrorHandlerDatabaseSession (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Use the DB session object reference to set the database session in the error handler, rather than the session row.

oOpenLibraries/$#About (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Created a standalone 'oOpenLibraries' object class to be copied to the main library and called at the start of the $construct method of the Startup_Task. The object has 2 methods: $openAppLibraries and $openStudioWorks libraries. If an error occurs it is sent to the trace log and the trace log is opened.
oOpenLibraries/$openDB2SessLibrary (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Added method to open the library located inside the APP/libraries/db2sess/ folder
mySysAdmin

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar. Added tvar 'db1sess'.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$:GroupsList (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Removed early exit.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$:GroupsList (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Changed 'Grp' table name to 'grp'. Changed 'Grp_pkey' column name to 'grp_pkey'.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$:UsersList (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Removed early exit.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$:UsersList (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Changed 'Usr' table name to 'usr'. Changed 'Usr_pkey' column name to 'usr_pkey'.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$initialize (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Do not define the users and groups lists until they are requested.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$updateGroup (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Send $retDefinedList message to oSQLLists to define the DBUsersList rather than copying from iDBUsersList as it might not be defined.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$updateGroup (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Changed 'Grp_pkey' column name to 'grp_pkey'.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$updateUser (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Send $retDefinedList message to oSQLLists to define the DBUsersList rather than copying from iDBUsersList as it might not be defined.

oSecurity_DBAccessor/$updateUser (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Changed 'Usr_pkey' column name to 'usr_pkey'.
oSpecialMenu/$createAutoSignInFile (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Changed 'Usr_pkey' column name to 'usr_pkey'.
swBase4

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-01 Doug K.)
Added tvar db1sess which points to oDBSession

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-01 Doug K.)
Took out the test $construct code which was allowing swBase4's Startup_Task to remain open. Reverted to immediately closing the swBase4 task instance.

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar. Added tvar 'db1sess'.

Startup_Task_Module_template/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Deleted 'logn' tvar. Added 'db1sess' tvar. Deleted 'timers' tvar.

mContext/$control (2008-04-25 Doug K.)
Copied the $control method from mContext in swGui4.

oAppPrefs/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Added sCachedlist_listdef for creating the Cachedlist table using oDBAdmin.

oAppPrefs/$initialize (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Change 'Do inherited' to 'Do $cinst.$inherited.[$cmethod().$name]' for easier debugging, stepping through code.

oCachedListsUpdater/$#About (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Added an object class that specialized in getting and setting values in all of the StudioWorks cached lists. This object is used to instantly access and update the cached lists as changes are made in the Programmers Workbench.

oCheckData_base/$#About (2008-04-04 Doug K.)
Added oCheckData_base which can be subclassed to oCheckData_Tablename for custom check data methods.

oCheckData_base/$#About (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added missing sDatamssg_stb schema class for the check data messages.

oCreateTablesOwnerLogonFile/$#About (2008-04-19 Doug K.)
Created an object class which specialized in creating the tables owner logon file. The method can now be called from the 'Create Tables Owner Logon File' button in the Sessions Manager edit window.

oDBAdmin/$setUserPassword (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Added $setUserPassword method for compatability with previous releases. The method simply returns kTrue.

oDBAdminMethods_OMNIS/$renameTable (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Modified the Omnis data file $renameTable method so that it successfully renames the slot.

oDBAdminMethods_OMNIS/$renameTable (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
The trick was to create file classes for the old and new slot before rename the slot.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$#About (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Massive changes to work with the oDBSession objects. Too many changes to note. This is a complete refactoring. Previous @MOD notes have been removed. This is a fresh start.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$#About (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Moved all 'superuser' and 'users' related methods to the new 'oDBAdminUsers' objects. This simplifies the oDBAdminMethods objects allowing them to specialize on tables, columns, indexes, constraints. FrontBase and SQLServer are the only DBMS vendors we've written 'user' related code for. The Omnis data file doesn't support 'users'. To date 'users' related code has only been written FrontBase and SQLServer. The Omnis data file doesn't support 'users'.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$closeSession_TablesOwner (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Delete the ioTablesOwnerDBSession object ref each time the session is closed.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$insertEmptyRecords (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Pass in the oDBSession object rather than the session row to $retDefinedList

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$openSession_TablesOwner (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Set the ioTablesOwnerDBSession object ref $newref each time the session is opened. An object ref is needed so that ioTableOwnerDBSession can be passed to $retDefinedList.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retDAMColsList (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Using the new oDBSession object to return the table columns list so all the code is in one place

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retDAMTablesAndViewsList (2008-04-28 Josh L.)
Using the new oDBSession object to return the tables list so all the code is in one place

oDBAdminSQLText_MYSQL/$retSQL_CreateTable (2008-03-14 Doug K.)
Reversed the @MOD:1 change. Table names are case-sensitive in other SQL statements as well on the Linux platform. Therefore it is up to the developer to use all lower case names in their schema classes to avoid the mysqldump problems. I recommend you include "lower_case_table_names = 1" in the MySQL my.cnf file.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$#About (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Removed all of the 'user' related SQL text methods. Moved the code to the applicable oDBAdminUsers subclass objects.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$_retDefinedList (2008-04-04 Doug K.)
Added new method which binds the list to the schema class. No need for a table class for this object.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$initialize (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Discovered that we don't need a 'live' logged on session object for the oDBAdminSQLText methods. Modified the initialize method to set ioSessObj to a static session external object. Parameter changed to pDAMName.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$retSQL_CreateTable (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Call the new $_retDefinedList method.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$retSQL_SQLDataType (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Call the new $_retDefinedList method.

oDBAdminUsers/$#About (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Moved all of the 'database users' related DBAdmin methods to a separater set of oDBAdminUsers set of classes.

oDBAdminUsers_abstract/$#About (2008-04-08 Doug K.)
Moved all 'database users' releated methods from oDBAdminMethods to oDBAdminUsers series objects.

oDBSessionMethods_PGSQLDAM/$tables (2008-04-28 Josh L.)
PGSQLDAM wasn't returning the correct list for kStatementServerAll (0) so to get around that, I accumulated the list of tables and views to make the correct list

oDBSessionMethods_base/$columns (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Added check to make sure pTableName is not empty.

oEmail/$initialize (2008-03-07 Doug K.)
If a password is provided, automatically set ibUseAuthentication to true.

oEmail/pingSMTPServer (2008-03-07 Doug K.)
Loop the TCPReceive multiple times till we get something into the buffer.

oErrorHandler/$setDatabaseSession (2008-03-14 Doug K.)
Changed the $servertablename in 'sErrorlog' to lowercase 'errorlog'. Lower case table names work best with all databases.

oErrorHandler/$setDatabaseSession (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Change parameter to pfDBSessionObjectRef from pSessionRow and modify the method to use the new DBSession object.

oErrorHandler/_openDatabaseErrorLogViewer (2008-04-01 Doug K.)
Pass ioDBSessionObjectRef rather than iSessionRow to $retDefinedList

oFunctions/$retListFromTextString (2008-03-10 Doug K per Josh L.)
Added replaceall for kCr+kLF and then kLf for cross-platform compatibility.

oObjectClassErrorHandlerMethods/$#About (2008-03-19 Doug K.)
Added an error handler template methods object class. The methods can be copied to objects which can operate independent of oErrorHandler and 'errhndlr'.

oOpenLibraries/$#About (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Created a standalone 'oOpenLibraries' object class to be copied to the main library and called at the start of the $construct method of the Startup_Task. The object has 2 methods: $openAppLibraries and $openStudioWorks libraries. If an error occurs it is sent to the trace log and the trace log is opened.

oOpenLibraries/retPathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Call ioPaths_PlatformFolders to get the 'Application' or 'Program Files' folder path.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:ERRORSTOTRACELOG (2008-03-17 Doug K.)
Deprecated $:ErrorsToTraceLog methods. oPaths_ automatically tests the errhndlr tvar with $cando and sends to trace log if it can't.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathApplicationsFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Call ioPaths_PlatformFolders to get the 'Application' or 'Program Files' folder path.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathOmnisStudioFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathProgramFilesFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathTempFilesFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathUserDesktop (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathUserDocuments (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathUserHome (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$:PathUserPreferencesFolder (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Redirect the call to the oPaths_PlatformFolder object class.

oPaths_StudioWorks/$_logError (2008-03-17 Doug K.)
Call private method 'logError' which automatically tests errhndler and automatically sends error to trace log if errhndlr is not available.

oPrefs_abstract/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Switch from using oLogon to oDBSession. Use oDBAdmin for creating tables so that switch/case is not required for different DBMSs.

oPrefs_abstract/$_init_preparePrefsTable (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Use 'sPrefstable_listdef' and oDBAdmin to get the CREATE TABLE text instead of Switch/Case in this method.

oPrefs_abstract/$_init_preparePrefsTable (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Check for exact case match table name for Omnis data file. Rename if the case does not match.

oPrefs_abstract/$_retSQLText_CreateTable (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Added method which prepares the CREATE TABLE text using sPreftable_listdef and oDBAdmin.

oPrefs_abstract/$initialize (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Check the session row, if the DAM is OMSQLDAM, then make sure the df1 file has been created.

oPrefs_abstract/$initialize (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Expand the code which calculates the table name based on the schema class name. Go with a lower case table name.

oPrepareNewDatabase/$#About (2008-04-15 Doug K.)
Rewrote the object after overhauling the oDBSession, oDBAdmin, tBase, oPrimaryKeys, oRefs classes in StudioWorks.

oRebuildCachedLists/rebuildRefs (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Use db1sess instead of logn task variable.

oSQLChildRecords/$DELETECHILDRECORDS (2008-04-07 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $deleteChildRecords method. Superceded by the $deleteCascadeDeleteChildRecords method.

oSQLChildRecords/$deleteCascadeDeleteChildRecords (2008-04-07 Doug K.)
Added a method which will very quickly delete any cascadedelete child records using a statement object and minimal SQL.

oSQLChildRecords/$doesRestrictedDeleteChildRecordExist (2008-04-07 Doug K.)
Added a method which will very quickly find the first cascadedelete child record using a statement object and minimal SQL.

oSQLLists/$:DEFAULTSESSIONROW.$assign (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:DefaultSessionRow.$assign method. Superceded by the $:DefaultDBSessionObjectRef.$assign method.

oSQLLists/$:DefaultDBSessionObjectRef (2008-03-27 Doug K.)
Added method for the new oDBSession classes structure.

oSQLLists/$:DefaultDBSessionObjectRef.$assign (2008-03-27 Doug K.)
Added method for the new oDBSession classes structure.

oSQLLists/$SETTABLESESSIONROW (2008-04-01 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $setTableSessionRow method.

oSQLLists/$initialize (2008-03-27 Doug K.)
Added 'sessionobjectref' column to the SQL lists master list. Set the $coltype to kObjectref. This column is used to store the object reference to the session object of any SQL classes that are to use a different session than the default session.

oSQLLists/$retDefinedList (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Added code to use the oDBSession object reference. The method still supports previous versions using the session row.

oSQLLists/$setTableDBSessionObjectRef (2008-04-01 Doug K.)
Added a method to set the 'dbsessionobjectref' column to a specified 'oDBSession' object reference for a specified table.

oSQLLists/retDefinedListForCurrLine (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Moved initialization of the defined list to the $retDefinedList method.

oSQLTextJoinTables/retFromTableJoinText (2008-04-24 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Include the table name prefix for all column names, not just non-unique column names. Left a hook for the option to change back in the future, by setting ibAlwaysIncludeTableNamePrefix.

oSecurity/$addDefaultSysAdminUser (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Calculate Urs_pkey and usr_pkey to cover both cases.

oSecurity/$addDefaultSysAdminUser (2008-04-23 Doug K.)
Call $setDefault to make sure the 'usr' columns are set properly.

oSessionsManager/$#About (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Removed the $openSession and $pingDatabase methods from this object. Those are better handled by oDBSession. Removed the $retOpenSessions method. With session pools session we can't 'see' the sessions anymore.

oSessionsManager/$:DefaultSessionRow (2008-04-09 Doug K.)
Added 'pingtimeoutseconds' column and default to 5 seconds. The 'pingdbserver' column is deprecated.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/$logoffDatabase (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Removed code dealing with a separate 'Refs' session.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/autoSignIn (2008-04-19 Doug K.)
Switch to setting the oSQLLists $:DefaultDBSessionObjRef rather than the session row.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$#About (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Removed initialization of the oLogon object. Now using oDBSession object.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$INITIALIZEERRORHANDLER (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $initializeErrorHandler method.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$INITIALIZE_LOGN (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Moved all of the code which figured out the starting session row to a separate method, retStartupSessionRow. so that the code can be used by the new tvar 'db1sess'.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$_initializeAppPrefs_localdatafile (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Revised the method so that it passes an OMNISQLDAM sessionrow to oAppPrefs, rather than the path name.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$_pingVar (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Added $cando test to avoid notation errors. Removed the OK message as this object is non-visual.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$constructTaskVars (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Added 'db1sess' and 'db2sess' to the tvars string.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initializeBeforeSignIn (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Added called to $initialize_db1sess, removed the call to $initialize_logn

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_db1sess (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Added new method to initialize the new 'db1sess' task variable if it exists.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_local_prefs (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Check for the unicode version of Omnis Studio, if so, set the local prefs data file name to 'local_prefs_unicode.df1' The local prefs data file is in a common location which could be opened by both unicode or non-unicode versions of the app, so it is important to have separate data files for each or the non-unicode version will fail after the unicode version opens the df1 file.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_local_prefs (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Revised the method so that it passes an OMNISQLDAM sessionrow to oAppPrefs, rather than the path name.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_lsts (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Added setting the $:DBSessionObjectRef if the db1sess.$validref.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$initialize_refs (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Initialize the Refs object by passing in the 'db1sess' object rather than a session row.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Check and use the 'db1sess' tvar rather than 'logn' if it exists.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$saveTaskVarPropertiesOnSignOut (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Set the session object ref rather than the session row in the oSQLLists object.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/$setTaskVarPropertiesAfterSignIn (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Removed 'logn' based code, replaced with 'db1sess' based code. If 'db1sess' is a validref, then check $state with 'db1sess'.

oStartupTaskVarsTool/retStartupSessionRow (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
To avoid initialization error, check the 'damname' in the session row, if not set, default it to OMSQLDAM.

oStringTables/$#About (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Overhauled oStringTables to use stringtable file name suffixes. e.g. stringtable_it.txt, stringtables_fr.txt Only the language columns specified by the string table file name suffix will be loaded, others will be ignored. Only exceptions for each additional language need to be included in the string table file. Overhauled oStringTables to save and load database string table lists separately for each language. Only exceptions for each additional language need to be included in the string table saved to the database. Added 'source' column to master list for each language. This tells where the language text came from. Examples of text sources: stringtable_de.txt, database, myAppMain.sMn_stb,

oStringTables/$:LanguagesList_Database (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added a property method which returns a list of the string tables languages stored in the database.

oStringTables/$:LanguagesList_TextFiles (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added a property method which returns a list of the string tables languages in text files in the startupitems folder.

oStringTables/retStringTablesListFromTextFile (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Modify the method to remove 'other' language columns, and add a 'source_*' column.

oTableClassMethods_MYSQL/$setPrimaryKey (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Overrode the $setPrimaryKey method. Check for manual transactions, if so temporarily open an automatic transactions session and pass a statement object from that session to the oPrimaryKey.$getNextPrimaryKey method.

oTableClassMethods_base/$_retSelectWhereSQLText (2008-04-25 Doug K.)
Added setting iExtraBindRow reference in the tBase table class if the extra bind row is used.

oTableClassMethods_base/$_retSelectWhereSQLText (2008-04-29 Josh L.)
Changed ExtraQueryText to ExtraSQL so the column numbers will be processed correctly.

oTableClassMethods_base/$dodeletesBatch (2008-04-07 Doug K.)
Reworked the method so that is only looks for one non-cascadedelete record, and if one is found, logs a check data error.

oTableClassMethods_base/$getActiveRecords (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added error checking/loging to $fetch.

oTableClassMethods_base/$getAllRecords (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added error checking/loging to $fetch.

oTableClassMethods_base/$getOperatorRecords (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added error checking/loging to $fetch.

oTableClassMethods_base/$getPrimaryKeyRecord (2008-04-30 Doug K.)
Added error checking/loging to $select and $fetch.

oTableClassMethods_base/$getWhere (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Log SQL error if fetch error.

oTableClassMethods_base/$initialize (2008-04-23 Doug K.)
Use the cap() of the table name when looking classname suffix on the oCheckData_Tablename object.

oTableClassMethods_base/$insertEmptyRecord (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Refactored the method in an attempt to make it stronger.

oTableClassMethods_base/$selectCustom (2008-04-29 Josh L.)
Added a parameter pExtraSQLRowOrString so that GROUP BY, HAVING, etc could be used. Modified the code to process and include it in the right place

oTableClassMethods_base/$selectWhere (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added log SQL error because the $sqlerror method has been overridden in tBase to allow $fetchBatch to intercept an error and attempt to retry the select fetch.

oTableClassMethods_base/$setDefaults (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Added error check on the return value from the ref.$retNextCounterNum

oTableClassMethods_base/$updateRow (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Change $insertnames to $updatenames

owcStringTablesSchemasEditor/$addNewLine (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added method to add a new line. Called by the context menu.

owcStringTablesSchemasEditor/saveColsListChanges (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Set the colident value after adding a new row to the schema class.

tBase/$_setTableClassExtraBindRowRef (2008-04-25 Doug K.)
Added method for setting the iExtraBindRow reference in the tBase table class if the extra bind row is used.

tBase/$selectCustom (2008-04-29 Josh L.)
Extra SQL so GROUP BY, HAVING can be used

wDBAdmin/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminConstraints/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminDataMover/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin.

wDBAdminDataViewer/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminDataViewer/setDisplay (2008-04-23 Doug K.)
Add exception for OMSQLDAM which doesn't return $rowcount from the statement object.

wDBAdminIndexes/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminInteractiveSQL/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminPrimaryKeys/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminSchemas/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminSyncDatabaseToSchemas/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminSyncUsers/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdminUsers rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdminTables/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Reviewed and cleaned up code in all methods, especially error checking. Initialize and use ioDBAdmin rather than irDBAdmin and ioDBSession rather than ioLogon as applicable.

wDBAdmin_abstract/$#About (2008-04-11 Doug K.)
Remove $setDBAdminRef methods and irDBAdmin ivar. Subwindow switched to having their own instance of ioDBAdmin.

wSQLMetaDataColsEditor_abstract/$_fixNullValues (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added check for $linecount to prevent infinite loop.

wSQLQueryBuilder/$destruct (2008-04-11 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Changed Queries treelist container so that it can be resized. Added code to save the width to the class on $destruct

wSQLQueryBuilder/addSchemaCols (2008-03-18 Doug K.)
Set LineNum var to pLineNum so that drag and drop for schemas list ends up in the dropped location.

wSQLQueryBuilder/addSchemaCols (2008-03-24 Doug K. per Chuck M.)
Loop through the drop list from end to start so that columns are added in the right order.

wSecurityTimeoutSignIn/$construct (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

wSessionEdit/$#About (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Complete overhaul of the session edit subwindow. Made it 'dumb'. Moved the intelligence to the parent window.

wSessionEdit/createTablesOwnerLogonFile (2008-04-19 Doug K.)
Added button and method to wSessionEdit to create a tablesowner logon file.

wSessionList/$#About (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Overhauled the session lists window. Made it 'dumb'. Move the smarts to the parent.

wSessionPicker_abstract/$#About (2008-04-12 Doug K.)
Created superclass for the session picker series windows.

wSessionsManager/$#About - Sessions Manager (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Total overhaul of the sessions manager windows. Removed the 'Open Sessions' tab. Session pool sessions are hidden, so there isn't much purpose in having this tab. Removed the 'Open Sessions' tab. Session pool sessions are hidden, so there isn't much purpose in having this tab. Changed the window behavior so that the user is always in edit mode and that changes are automatically saved. Users are no longer required to first press Edit, then Save, before they can Test a session. Changed the parent/subwin structure so that the sessions list is in the parent and the subwindows reference the parent list.
wToolbar/$#About (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Added error checking and prompt to the $control method.
swDocs4

@00 User Documentation/@00 About (2008-03-18 Doug K.)
Added StudioWorks documentation target to end users of applications written using the StudioWorks framework.

@20 Converting Data/@11 Data Converter Demo (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Added documentation on the new 'db2sess' myDataConverterDemo library.

@20 Converting Data/@15 Data Converter Instructions (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added instructions for setting up the data converter library.

@20 Converting Data/@21 Data Conversion Advice (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Added data conversion advice documentation.

@20 Quick Start Tutorial/@07 Adding a Table (2008-03-24 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Removed the reference to the 'Collate-case-insensitive' checkbox. This has been removed from the meta-data editor.

@20 Quick Start Tutorial/@12 Adding a Child Table (2008-03-24 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Removed the reference to the 'Collate-case-insensitive' checkbox. This has been removed from the meta-data editor.

@31 Database Sessions/@00 About (2008-03-25 Doug K.)
Added documentation on the new oDBSession series of objects which replace the oLogon series objects.

@50 Field Handling/@00 About (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Added documentation on the new field handling introduced 2008-03

@50 Lookups/@25 Intercepting Lookups (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added documentation for '$promptLookupRecordNotFound' method to intercept lookups.

@50 Lookups/@25 Intercepting Lookups (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added documentation for '$setMainListValues' method to intercept the field handler setting the main list values.

@61 Database Administration/@00 About (2008-04-17 Doug K.)
Added documentation on the DB Admin tools.

@61 Database Administration/@61 Interactive SQL (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Added documentation for Interactive SQL window.

@72 Table Class Structure/@00 About (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
1 Added documentation on the oTableClassMethods_DBMSVENDOR series of object classes.

@85 Manual Transactions/@00 About (2008-03-24 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Modified sample code to set the transactionmode back to its original setting.

@85 Manual Transactions/@00 About (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Updated the sample code to work directly with 'db1sess' instead of 'logn'.

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar.

Startup_Task/$initialize (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Renamed the swDocs4 startup_task $construct method to $initialize as it was causing startup trouble.
x-@00 DB Admin/@50 Interactive SQL (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Added documentation for Interactive SQL window.
swGui4

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Added the 'db1sess' tvar and removed the 'logn' tvar.

mCommands/$construct (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

mCommands/$construct (2008-04-28 Doug K.)
Default the mCommands menu to disabled shortcut keys for developers.

mMainMenu/$construct (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

oConcretizer/$RUNTIMIZE (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Get the field properties list from the oFieldHandlerPropertiesList object class of the new field handler classes.

oConcretizer/$addFieldsAndLabels (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use the new oFieldHandlerPropertiesList object to build the list.

oConcretizer/addWindowClass (2008-04-21 Doug K.)
Added 'Save class' command in an attempt to solve the problem with inconsistent runtimizing.

oConcretizer/createRuntimeWinClass (2008-04-21 Doug K.)
Added 'Save class' command in an attempt to solve the problem with inconsistent runtimizing.

oConcretizer/retDecoratorTypesList (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Added method to work with the new oFieldHandlerProperitesList object class.

oConcretizer/retFieldHandlersFactoryRef (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Added method to work with the new oFieldHandlerProperitesList object class.

oConcretizer/retFieldPropertiesList (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Added method to work with the new oFieldHandlerProperitesList object class.

oConcretizer/setRuntimeFieldsAndFieldPropertiesList (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Remove early exits. Get the field properties list from the oFieldHandlerPropertiesList object class of the new field handler classes.

oConcretizer/setRuntimeFieldsAndFieldPropertiesList (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/$control (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Changed code from using On ev... to Switch pEventCode/Case ev.../Case ev.../End Switch. For easier formatting.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/$control (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
If the user hits the return key in a lookup field with the lookup list open, discard the event and queue a tab + queue OK to cleaning finish the lookup and then do the default kReturn action.

oFieldHandlerLookupTypeAhead/selectfetchMasterListRecords (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Tighten up error checking in the method. Add a prompt last error so that lookup errors won't go unnoticed.

oMenus/$installMainMenu (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

oReportsMenuObserver_abstract/$modifyReportProperties (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Cleaned up error checking.

oWindows/$retWinTitle (2008-04-21 Doug K.)
Use the cap(BaseTable) for the stbid for the window instance title translation.

oWindows/checkRequiredProperties (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version. Removed early exits.

oWindows/setIconIDinRow (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Added bLogErrors=kFalse to suppress errors which we don't care about.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$#About (2008-04-24 Doug K. per Josh L.)
Added wComplexGrid_abstract class. Copy the wComplexGrid_template to your application to use.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$_removeEmptyLines (2008-04-24 Josh L.)
Removed the body of this method because it could be dangerous to someone who doesn't know about it.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$_setMode (2008-04-21 Josh L.)
Changed from do inherited to the notation with the parameter

wComplexGrid_abstract/$_setNewLineDefaults (2008-04-24 Josh L.)
Added this method to set default on an Extend Event.

wComplexGrid_abstract/$new (2008-04-24 Josh L.)
Added the SetNewLineDefaults here so the defaults are set when a line is added.

wComplexGrid_template/$#About (2008-04-24 Doug K. per Josh L.)
Added wComplexGrid_template a subclass of wComplexGrid_abstract which you would copy to your application to use.

wComplexGrid_template/$event (2008-04-24 Josh L.)
Added the $_setNewLineDefaults method here to apply defaults when a line is added.

wEditList_abstract/$#About (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Point the ifld ivar from oFieldHandler to the new oFieldHandlerController.

wEdit_abstract/$#About wEdit_abstract (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Point the ifld ivar from oFieldHandler to the new oFieldHandlerController.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/$constructListObj (2008-03-15 Doug K. per Matthias H.)
Set ivar iText_yes for the treatasboolean column so that other languages can be used.

wHeadedList_autoconfig/buildListObjFromMetaData (2008-03-15 Doug K. per Matthias H.)
Use ivar iText_yes in the treatasboolean column rather than 'Yes', so that other languages can be used.

wList_abstract/$fetchRecords (2008-04-22 Doug K.)
Clean up FlagOK error handling. Get rid of promptonce last error.

wList_autoconfig/$find (2008-04-22 Doug K.)
Clean up FlagOK error handling.

wMainWindow/$eventClose (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

wMainWindow_NoShowHideNavList/$eventClose (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

wNavigationListEditor/$addWinInstIDs (2008-03-17 Doug K.)
Modify method to allow the user to add multiple wininstids to be added to the navigation list at once.

wNavigationListEditor/$addWinInstIDs_continue (2008-03-17 Doug K.)
Modify method to allow multiple wininstids to be added.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria_subwin/$#About (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Deleted ivar ifld since it was not being used by this window.

wPromptModelessSubWin/$#About (2008-03-11 Doug K.)
Point the ifld ivar from oFieldHandler to the new oFieldHandlerController.

wPromptShell/$event (2008-04-10 Doug K.)
Make sure there is an OK button before setting the iButtonPressedNamed ivar.

wShell/$_flipSubWin (2008-03-24 Doug K per Andy H.)
Moved the prToWin.$eventShow to AFTER the prToWin.$visible kTrue to solve a problem with setting the scrollbars to redraw correctly.

wShell_Lookup/$showSubWin (2008-03-05 Doug K.)
Added $cando test before sending $:Mode message to the previous subwindow.

wSignIn/$construct (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for runtime version.

wSignIn/$signIn (2008-03-24 Doug K per Matthias H.)
If the only session in the sessions list is the 'EditSessions' row, open the sessions manager window.

wSignIn/$signIn (2008-03-31 Doug K.)
Check for $validref of the 'db1sess' object. If it exists, nothing to do, otherwise set the $:DefaultSessionRow in oSQLLists.

wSignIn/_retUsersList (2008-04-23 Doug K.)
Changed from setting the default session row to setting the session object ref in 'lsts'.

wSignIn/insertDefaultSysAdminUser (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Calculate Urs_pkey and usr_pkey to cover both cases.

wSignIn/loadSessionsList (2008-03-24 Doug K per Matthias H.)
Get language translation for 'EditSessions'. Added 'EditSessions' to sMn_stb_SessionsManager

wSignIn_20071124/insertDefaultSysAdminUser (2008-04-18 Doug K.)
Calculate Urs_pkey and usr_pkey to cover both cases.

wWindowInstancesListEditor/$event (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Add a blank SQL class name line to the top of the list so that the user can clear the sqlclassname property.
wWindowInstancesListEditor/setEditFields (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Added bLogError=kFalse to suppress annoying error messages.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar. Added tvar 'db1sess'.

oMenusList/$addNavigationMenuLines (2008-03-12 Doug K.)
Commented out the code which was adding the RefsList and RefsLookupList navigation menu items. These window instances are to be added by the developer's SysAdmin module.

oRefs/$#About (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Overhaul the oRefs object so that it uses oDBSession instead of oLogon and only temporarily opens uses and close a second session for inserts/updates if the specified oDBSession is set to manual transactions.

oRefs/$:DBSessionObjectRef (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added new method to return the ioRefsDBSessionObjectRef.

oRefs/$:DBSessionObjectRef.$assign (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Added new method to set the ioRefsDBSessionObjectRef.

oRefs/$destruct (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added $destruct method with code to $deleteref ioRefsDBSessionObjectRef

oRefs/$initialize (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Receive the DBSession object reference rather than the session row as the parameter. Copy to ioRefsDBSessObjRef.

oRefs/$retListOfDatabaseStringTableLanguages (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added method which returns a list of the languages of string tables stored in the database (refs table).

oRefs/$retLookupList (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Speed the method by just fetching the specified 'lookup' records, not all records. (Some of the other records have large blobs)

oRefs/$retNextCounterNum (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Check the main session object if manual transactions, then open up our own session and assign it to the Refs Row variable.

oRefs/$retStringTablesList (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Use ioRefsDBSessionObjectRef instead of ioRefsLogonObj.

oRefs/$retStringTablesList (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added pLangaugeID parameter. A stringtable refs records is stored for each language with just the exceptions for that language. The 'RefsSubGroup' column is used to store the pLanguageID.

oRefs/$saveRefsRecord (2008-04-14 Doug K.)
Check the main session object if manual transactions, then open up our own session and assign it to the Refs Row variable.

oRefs/$saveRefsRecord (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Removed the calls to $_setFixNulls. We should not be calling protected methods.

oRefs/$saveStringTablesList (2008-04-29 Doug K.)
Added pLangaugeID parameter. A stringtable refs records is stored for each language with just the exceptions for that language. The 'RefsSubGroup' column is used to store the pLanguageID.

oRefs/$setCounterNum (2008-04-17 Doug K.)
Added method to allow a sender to set the counter number.
oRefs/retMaxColValue (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Use ioRefsDBSessionObjectRef rather than ioRefsLogonObj
swReports4

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar. Added tvar 'db1sess'.
oReports/$editReportProperties (2008-04-24 Doug K.)
Removed early exits and error checking.
swWeb4

Startup_Task/$#About (2008-04-16 Doug K.)
Removed the 'logn' tvar. Added tvar 'db1sess'.

oHTMLTemplates/$:CSSLinks (2008-03-24 Doug K.)
Use mod() function to test for developer version.

oRemoteTaskMethods/$initializeAllTaskVars (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added initialize 'db1sess' to the task vars to change/set to object reference type variables

oRemoteTaskMethods/$initializePublicSearchTaskVars (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added initialize 'db1sess' to the task vars to change/set to object reference type variables

oWebMonitor/$initialize (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Modified the code to use 'db1sess' instead of 'logn'.

oWebMonitor/$retWebStatsList (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Use 'db1sess' instead of 'logn'

rtDispatcher/$#About (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added 'db1sess' tvar.
rtPublicSearch/$#About (2008-04-02 Doug K.)
Added 'db1sess' tvar.
Version 2008-02-29

This release is a maintenance release. No new features. Just bug fixes and some code cleanup.
1. Email - Various fixes and enhancements to the oEmail and oWebBrowser objects. oEmail now supports sending HTML content in emails. Attachments should be working. A new $:PingTimeout property which if set to zero oEmail will not attempt to ping the mail server. (Thanks to Mike Matthews and Andy Hilton for their work on these fixes and enhancements!)
2. AutoUpdater Compatibility - Two methods added to the main library Startup_Task for better compatibility with AutoUpdater. ($closeApp & closeLibrariesInFolder). Copy these methods to your main library Startup_Task if you are using or planning to use AutoUpdater.
3. >Missing Toolbars - Fixed a code change in the last release which was causing some toolbars to not appear.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace your old studioworks folder and contents with the new studioworks folder included with this release.
4. Open your StudioWorks app.
5. If you are using AutoUpdater or planning to, then copy the $closeApp & closeLibrariesInFolder methods from the myAppMain library's Startup_Task to your main library Startup_Task
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
myAppMain

Startup_Task/$closeApp (2008-02-06 Doug K.)
Added method which can be called by AutoUpdater to close the StudioWorks app and the StudioWorks core libraries.
Startup_Task/closeLibrariesInFolder (2008-02-06 Doug K.)
Added method to close libraries in a folder and drill down recursively and close libraries in subfolders as well.
swBase4

oEmail/$:PingTimeout.$assign (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method to allow developers to assign the $:PingTimeout value. If timeout is set to zero then this object skips pinging the server.

oEmail/$initialize (2008-02-05 Doug K per Andy H)
Call the method to define the enclosures list on initialization.

oEmail/$prepareEmail (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
Call oWebBrowser $createEmail, rather than $openURL. The $createEmailMethod has the smarts for proper formating, etc.

oEmail/$retEmptyEnclosuresList (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method which returns a defined empty enclosures list.

oEmail/$sendEmail (2008-02-04 Doug K per Mike Matthews.)
Removed XtraHdrsList from the method. It is messing up HTML content and attachments.

oEmail/$sendEmail (2008-02-04 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added Priority and XtraHdrsList parameters to the non-authenticated SMTPSend. Set Priority to default to 3 (normal) instead of 5 (lowest priority)

oEmail/convertEnclosuresToMIMEList (2008-02-04 Doug K per Mike M.)
Added parameter 'base64' to the 'encoding' column value of each attached file added the MIMEList.

oEmail/convertEnclosuresToMIMEList (2008-02-05 Doug K based on Andy Hilton's code)
Added code to check for and add HTML to the email body if rawhtml is included in the enclosures list.

oEmail/defineEnclosuresList (2008-02-05 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Added method to define the enclosures list.

oEmail/pingSMTPServer (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
If the $:PingTimeout property method returns zero then skip pinging the service and return true.

oWebBrowser/$createEmail (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
Added encoding special character so that the subject and body appear correctly in the prepared email message.
oWebBrowser/encodeURLSpecialCharacters (2008-02-05 Doug K.)
Added method to replace all special characters with ASCII hex escape characters.
swDocs4
No modifications
swGui4

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2008-02-06 Doug K.)
Check the len(iWinsListRow.toolbarvisible) property. If empty default bToolbarVisible to true.
wContainer_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2008-02-06 Josh L. as per Doug K.)
Check iWinsListRow.toolbarvisible property for empty as well.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4
oReportBuilder/$createReportClass (2008-02-04 Doug K. per Josh L.)
Fixed the code so that if an X_ report class is found and no instance of it is open, it will get recreated.
swWeb4
No modifications
Version 2008-01-31

This release is a maintenance release. No new features. Just bug fixes and some code cleanup.
1. PostgreSQL - Various bugs discovered and fixed as we went live with PostgreSQL with our main app (Venor)
2. oPaths - Added some new property methods and flexibility for setting the parent folder name for some of the special StudioWorks folders.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace your old studioworks folder and contents with the new studioworks folder included with this release.
4. Open your StudioWorks app.
5. Rename the oPaths object class in your library to X_oPaths.
6. Copy the oPaths object from swBase4/Tools to your main library.
7. If you had any added methods or code changes to X_oPaths, copy them to the new oPaths object in your main library.
Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

oAppPrefs/$_init_prepareCachedlistTable (2007-12-28 Doug K.)
Added case for PGSQLDAM to set the datatype to BYTEA instead of BLOB.

oAppleScripts/$#About (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Created new object class for applescript methods.

oAppleScripts/$createAliasOnDesktop (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Created method which creates an alias of any file or folder on the desktop.

oConstants/$:AppLibsList (2007-12-06 Doug K.)
Added option for 'demos' folder to be included inside the libraries folder.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$retDAMTablesAndViewsList (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Overrode PostgreSQL method to work around bug. kStatementServerAll only returns tables.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$setPrimaryKeyCounterValue (2007-12-24 Doug K.)
Use low(TableName) to ensure consistency for the sequence field naming convention.

oDBAdminMethods_SQLSERVER/$_retFKeysList (20070601 whole method added by TBS)

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_copyTableData (2007-12-13 Doug K. per Josh L.)
Changed fetch from 1 to 5000. (Was at 1 for testing purposes, I forgot to switch back to 5000)

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$copyData (2007-12-13 Doug K per Josh L.)
Added error checking for the schema class in case the library is closed or the schema class was removed.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$initialize (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Moved $openSession towards top of the method and $closeSession to the end because some methods depend on an open session.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retDAMTablesAndViewsList (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Removed the SQLServer bug work around. The bug work around is in the overridden subclass method. Removed early exit and fixed the error message.

oDBAdminSQLText_SQLSERVER/$retSQL_GetFKeys (20070601 method added)

oEmail/$sendEmail (2008-01-21 Doug K.)
Carriage returns were getting messed up in the sent/received email. (Omnis 4.3 with Mac OS X 10.5) Switched to using MIMEList for all emails.

oEmail/$sendEmail (2008-01-30 Doug K.)
Check the MIMEList returned. If an error occurred the list will be undefined.

oEmail/convertEnclosuresToMIMEList (2008-01-30 Doug K. per Mike M.)
Bug fix. Changed pEnclosuresList.filename in the loop to EnclosuresList.filename. Added error checking and logging to the method.

oErrorHandler/$logSQLError (2007-12-13 Doug K.)
Removed $statementobject from the notation. (was accidentally copied from tBase $sqlerror method)

oFunctions/$deleteEnclosedFilesAndFolders (2007-12-18 Doug K.)
Added method which drills deletes enclosed files and folder inside a specified directory.

oFunctions/retEnclosedFoldersList (2007-12-17 Doug K.)
Added FileOps Tool method.

oPaths/$:OmnisName (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added assignable $:OmnisName property. This property method value will be used to replace the word 'Omnis' where ever it is used in a folder name by oPaths.

oPaths/$:PREFERENCESPARENTFOLDERNAME (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:PreferencesParentFolderName property methods in favor of the $:OmnisName property which has been added.

oPaths/$:PathApplicationsFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisSharedFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added method to return path to 'Omnis Shared' folder, a subfolder of the 'Program Files' (Win) or 'Applications' (Mac) folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
If the 'Omnis Startup' folder is not found, automatically create it in the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Use sys(215), if available, rather than sys(115) to indicate the Omnis Studio executable directory... the tree which which we will search. This ensures that on Vista it will look through the real 'Program Files' directory for the Omnis Startup folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStudioFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Use sys(215), if available, rather than sys(115) to indicate the Omnis Studio executable directory. This ensures that on Vista that we will be in the real 'Program Files' directory for the Omnis Studio executable parent folder.

oPaths/$:PathProgramFilesFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.

oPaths/$:PathUserAppPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserAppPreferencesFolder method which returns the path to an 'AppName' folder located inside the $:UserOmnisPreferences folder.

oPaths/$:PathUserOmnisPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserOmnisPreferencesFolder method which returns the path to an 'Omnis' folder located inside the user preferences folder.

oPaths/$:PathUserPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserAppPreferencesFolder method which replaces this method. Redefined this method to return the path to the base user preferences folder.

oPaths/retApplicationsOrProgramFilesFolderPath (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.

oPrefs_abstract/$_init_preparePrefsTable (2007-12-31 Doug K.)
Added cases for MYSQLDAM and PGSQLDAM

oSQLLists/$:ForeignKeyColsList (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added parameter pbRebuildIfEmpty default kTrue so that $destructMethod of oStartTaskDefaultMethods can prevent rebuild on shutdown.

oSQLLists/buildForeignKeysList (2008-01-30 Doug K per Will Adkin)
Added 'cascadedelete' and 'listcolname' back to the foreign keys list. These are needed for the oSQLChildRecords object.

oSessionMethods_base/setUniqueSessionName (2007-12-13 Doug K.)
If the sessionname is empty use the first 5 letters of the damname + the first 7 letters of the database name. Use the rpos() function which was introduced in Omnis Studio v4.1

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_closeLibrariesInFolder (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Added code to drill down recursively and close libraries in subfolders as well. Removed early exits.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/_openLibrariesInFolder (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Removed early exits.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/autoSignIn (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Continuing problems with the method stack. Use a timer object to call $signInOKContinue and clear the method stack and quit all methods.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/openLibraries (2007-12-06 Doug K.)
Just open libraries in the modules folder rather than the libraries folder. Allows for '/libraries/demos' folder to be left unopened.

oStartupTaskDefaultMethods/saveCachedLists (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added parameter bRebuildIfEmpty=kFalse to prevent rebuild of foreign keys list on $destructMethod.

oStringTables/loadStringTablesFromTextFile (2008-01-22 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Corrected the working message to text. Was 'Loading string tables from meta-data' s/b 'from text file'

oStringTables/retStringTablesFromTextFile (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Moved the default FlagOK as true to the beginning of the method.

oTableMethods/$dodeletesBatch (2007-12-27 Doug K.)
Move $dodeletesBatch method to oTableMethods so that the method can be customized for different backends.

oTableMethods_FRONTBASE/$setSQLText_InsDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iInsDateColName) before doing anything.

oTableMethods_FRONTBASE/$setSQLText_ModDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iModDateColName) before doing anything.

oTableMethods_MYSQL/$setSQLText_InsDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iInsDateColName) before doing anything.

oTableMethods_MYSQL/$setSQLText_ModDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iModDateColName) before doing anything.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$checkfixSQLText_LIKE (2007-12-24 Josh L.)
Changed pfrTableClassInst to pfSQLText.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$dodeletesBatch (2007-12-27 Doug K.)
PostgreSQLDAM bug. Prepared statements are lost. Override superclass method and use $execdirect(SQLText) instead of $execute() in the loop.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$doinsertsBatch (2007-12-27 Doug K.)
Overrode the $doinsertsBatch method and use $execdirect instead of $execute() to work arounnd PostgreSQL bug which loses prepared statements.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$retNextPrimaryKey (2007-12-24 Doug K.)
Bug fix. len() test missing '=0' Bug fix. Changed sequence field name to con('pkeyseq_',low(basetablename)) to match the DBAdmin method that sets the pkey sequence counter.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$setSQLText_InsDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iInsDateColName) before doing anything.

oTableMethods_POSTGRESQL/$setSQLText_ModDateTime (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L.)
Check len(iModDateColName) before doing anything.

oWebBrowser/$createEmail (2008-01-30 Doug K.)
Formatting problem fix. Replace special characters in the subject and body with ASCII hex escape characters. The format "mailto:PersonName <email@domain.com>" format was causing trouble. Extract and use the email address only.

tBase/$dodeletesBatch (2007-12-27 Doug K.')
Moved $dodeletesBatch to oTableMethods so that the method could be specifically modified for PostgreSQL

tBase/$dodeletesBatch_20071227 (2007-12-27 Doug K.)
Switched from $execute() to $execdirect(SQLText) to solve a PostgreSQL bug which loses the prepared SQL. This is a compromise on performance to solve the bug. When tBase is restructured this will be isolated to the PostgreSQL table methods object.
wDBAdminPrimaryKeys/$setCounterValues (2007-12-06 Doug K.)
Don't rebuild the pkeys list after resetting a value. Instead work directly with the list and update it as we go through it. Don't allow the new pkey value to be lower than the current max value.
swDocs4

@20 Quick Start Tutorial/@07 Adding a Table (2008-01-30 Doug K per Andrew Pavey)
Added tip regarding the 'Class Filter (on)' in case a type of class can't be found.

@50 Observers/@00 About (2007-12-05 Doug K.)
Added a documentation on observers.

oPaths/$:OmnisName (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added assignable $:OmnisName property. This property method value will be used to replace the word 'Omnis' where ever it is used in a folder name by oPaths.

oPaths/$:PREFERENCESPARENTFOLDERNAME (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $:PreferencesParentFolderName property methods in favor of the $:OmnisName property which has been added.

oPaths/$:PathApplicationsFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisSharedFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added method to return path to 'Omnis Shared' folder, a subfolder of the 'Program Files' (Win) or 'Applications' (Mac) folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
If the 'Omnis Startup' folder is not found, automatically create it in the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStartupFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Use sys(215), if available, rather than sys(115) to indicate the Omnis Studio executable directory... the tree which which we will search. This ensures that on Vista it will look through the real 'Program Files' directory for the Omnis Startup folder.

oPaths/$:PathOmnisStudioFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Use sys(215), if available, rather than sys(115) to indicate the Omnis Studio executable directory. This ensures that on Vista that we will be in the real 'Program Files' directory for the Omnis Studio executable parent folder.

oPaths/$:PathProgramFilesFolder (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.

oPaths/$:PathUserAppPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserAppPreferencesFolder method which returns the path to an 'AppName' folder located inside the $:UserOmnisPreferences folder.

oPaths/$:PathUserOmnisPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserOmnisPreferencesFolder method which returns the path to an 'Omnis' folder located inside the user preferences folder.

oPaths/$:PathUserPreferencesFolder (2008-01-10 Doug K.)
Added $:UserAppPreferencesFolder method which replaces this method. Redefined this method to return the path to the base user preferences folder.
oPaths/retApplicationsOrProgramFilesFolderPath (2008-01-02 Doug K.)
Added method which returns the path to the 'Program Files' or 'Applications' directory, based on the operating system.
swGui4

oConcretizer/$createDeveloperWinClass (2007-12-04 Doug K.)
Save the developerized class to that it is permanently written to the disk.

oConcretizer/$createRuntimeWinClass (2007-12-04 Doug K.)
Save the runtime class to that it is permanently written to the disk. Josh was having problems with runtimized classes losing all their fields.

oMenus/$retNavMenusLinesList (2007-12-06 Doug K.)
Remove any menu lines where the homelibname library is not currently open.

oWindows/sortWindowsList (2007-12-04 Doug K.)
Use uppercase sorting.

owcWindowMenusListEditor/setDisplayFields (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Added VCS warning if the sMn_stb schema class is not checked out in the same library as the observer's home library.

wBase_ToolbarTitlebar_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2008-01-30 Doug K. per Chuck Martin.)
Check the iWinsListRow.toolbarvisible property. If null default bToolbarVisible to true, otherwise use the toolbarvisible property.

wBase_abstract/$_retActiveCmndsList_winslist (2008-01-30 Doug K. per Josh L request.)
Added code to commands which have 'activemodescsv' property and are in the current mode.

wBase_abstract/$updateActiveCmnds (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L)
Removed the code which compared the old and new command factors row so that the 'activemodescsv' property would be respected. There might be a slight performance hit. One offset is that the $:CmdFactorsRow property method is no longer called by this method.

wContainer_List_ListChildren_abstract/$setupWindow (2008-01-22 Doug K per Andy H)
Bug fix. Changed rswListChild to irswListChild. (missing the 'i')

wContainer_abstract/$_constructToolbar (2008-01-30 Doug K. per Chuck Martin.)
Check the iWinsListRow.toolbarvisible property. If null default bToolbarVisible to true, otherwise use the toolbarvisible property.

wContainer_abstract/$_retActiveCmndsList_winslist (2008-01-30 Doug K. per Josh L request.)
Added code to commands which have 'activemodescsv' property and are in the current mode.

wContainer_abstract/$updateActiveCmnds (2008-01-30 Doug K per Josh L)
Removed the code which compared the old and new command factors row so that the 'activemodescsv' property would be respected. There might be a slight performance hit. One offset is that the $:CmdFactorsRow property method is no longer called by this method.

wPromptFindMultiCriteria/$initialize (2007=07-11 Doug K.)
Check the columns for hasfetchall and add if required.

wTotals/addField (2008-01-30 Doug K per Chuck M.)
Set $horzscroll to kFalse, just to be sure. If set to true with kRightJst the text will not be visible.
wWindowInstancesListEditor/modifySelectedWinInstClass (2007-12-04 Doug K.)
Added Alt/Opt+Click option to the 'Modify' button to look at the runtimized window class.
swIcons4
No modifications
swRefs4
No modifications
swReports4

oReportBuilder/$createReportClass (2008-01-22 Doug K. per Andy H.)
Added code to check for an existing report instance and not bother to create a new report if one exists.
oReportBuilder/createReportClass (2008-01-22 Doug K.)
Added code to check for and log errors. Removed the non-visual Yes/No message prompt which asked the user if they wanted to delete the old report instance.
swWeb4
oSearchPage/addSQLCLassToPublicSearchSQLClasses (200707-21 Doug K.)
Moved code which finds and sets a reference to the web module to a separate method and call the method.
Version 2007-11-30

The following is a summary of the changes included in this release.

This release includes a series of terrific additions to the Programmer Workbench window which has now become command central for StudioWorks development. With this release if you make any changes using the Programmer Workbench the cached lists are dynamically updated. As long as you make changes which affect cached lists using the Programmer Tools window you rarely have to rebuild lists!!

The following is a list of the new StudioWorks programmer tools and tools enhancements included with this release.
1. Icons List Editor - A new programmer tool for editing the sIcons schema classes which map icons to local icon names which you declare. The tool displays the icon you specify so what you see is what you get. The applicable cached lists are immediately updated.
2. String Tables _stb Schemas Editor - A new programmer tool for editing the _stb schema classes (sMn_stb, sWn_stb, etc.) The tool provides you with fields for label, abbrev, and tooltip. Changes and additions are immediately updated to the applicable cached lists.
3. Navigation Menus Editor - A new programmer tool for adding window instances to the navigation menus list. This tool does away with writing code in the oMenusList objects for adding window instances to the navigation menus list.
4. Window Menus List Editor - A new programmer tool for adding menus and menu lines to window instances. This tool does away with writing code in the oMenusList objects for adding menu lines to the window instances menus list. An added feature is that you can now map icons to window menu lines.
5. SQL Meta-Data Editor - When you modify the SQL meta-data the oSQLLists master list is immediately updated. No need to rebuild SQL lists! (Except for setting the foreign key scores.)
  
  A minor enhancement to the SQL Meta-Data Editor - If you use the RefdTableName_fkey naming convention for your foreign key columns, the editor will automatically find and set the reference table name and the referenced column name when you click the foreign key checkbox.
6. Cached List Viewers - A number of cached list viewers have been added to allow you to view each cached list in its current state. The cached list is refetched each time you select the applicable tab within the Programmers Workbench. This can be very helpful for seeing the properties and values is in each cached list.
7. Query Builder - For those of you who remember the old query builder window in early versions of StudioTips, this release reintroduces Query Builder!
  
  Query Builder allows you to drag and drop columns from schema classes to build a query class. Based on the meta-data, Query Builder automatically calculates the $extraquerytext WHERE clause to join the tables as you build the query! You don't even need the foreign key columns in the query for this to work.
  
  Query Builder has a few addition features which you can't do in Omnis Studio.
The following is a list of other significant modifications included with this release:
1. QuickStart Tutorial - The tutorial has been reviewed and updated to make use of the new programmer tools added to the Programmer Workbench. Interesting to note: The developer does not need to write a single line of code in the updated QuickStart Tutorial.
2. Lookup List Return & Enter Keys - Modified the code so that if the lookup droplist is showing and the user presses the enter or return key the event is absorbed by the lookup field and not allowed to issued a default save. Pressing the escape keys does allow a full cancel.
3. Rebuild Cached Lists - Refactored and cleaned up the methods in the oRebuildCachedLists object. The mProgrammer menu items and wRebuildModules buttons which called oRebuildCachedLists were also reviewed and updated. Rebuilding lists and reloading string tables should be more reliable and in some cases faster with this new release. Do a Find All in your main library and modules for oRebuidCachedLists and review any of your methods which called this object.
4. PostgreSQL - Omnis Studio version 4.3 adds a PGSQLDAM for connecting to PostgreSQL databases. The appropriate objects have been added to StudioWorks to work with PostgreSQL. Basic testing has been done. Consider this a beta test release. Another developer at EurOmnis 2007 spoke highly of PostgreSQL choosing it over MySQL. I intend to do performance comparisons between PostgreSQL and MySQL.
5. DB Admin Sessions - Major overhaul of the DB Admin objects and window classes to eliminate holding multiple DBA sessions open while using the DB Admin objects and tools. The DB Admin objects and windows only open a session when a process is running. The DBA session is immediately closed when the operation is completed.
6. DB Set Primary Key - The code related to deciding whether the RDBMS is used for the primary key counters or the oRefs object is used has been removed. If the RDBMS is can properly handle primary key counters, then it will be used, otherwise the oRefs object will be used. This eliminates all of the confusion over when and where the dbsetprimarykey property is set, and eliminates the potential critical problems that my have occurred. The oDBAdmin series objects have been modified to automatically set the primary key counters whenever $syncDatabaseToSchemas or $copyData is called. This makes it so much easier for developers... if you add a table, the primary key counter is immediately set up. If you import data using $copyData the primary key counter is automatically set higher than the maximum primary key value in each table.
7. Prompt Color - Added the wPromptColor window class with accompanying $promptColor methods to the oPrompts and oPromptModeless objects.
8. Sign-In Window - A session selector droplist has been added to the wSignIn window class to make it easier to switch between saved sessions. The Change Session and Quit Omnis buttons and the session information has been removed from the window for a cleaner simpler look. If you have copied wSignIn to your main library you will not be affected by this change.
9. $stacklimit - I hit the $stacklimit on some complex container windows so the default minimum for StudioWorks has been raised from 14 to 25.
To update to this new release:
1. Quit Omnis Studio.
2. Backup your application!
3. Replace your old studioworks folder and contents with the new studioworks folder included with this release.
4. Delete the app_prefs.df1 file inside your libraries/modules/ folder. This will force a rebuild of your cached lists.
5. Open your StudioWorks app.
6. Open the Database Administration window, select the Primary Keys tab, select all of the tables, and click the Reset Counter Values button to make sure that your primary key counters are setup and have the correct last primary key value.
7. Test your app.
I came to the realization that the Commands menus is only open when a normal StudioWorks window is on top. It is removed whenever an IDE window comes to the front. The shortcut keys in the Commands menu defaulted to being disabled for developers. There is no reason to do this so I changed them to default to being enabled. If there is an mCommands menu class in your main library and it is not subclassed from swGui4 and you want your Commands menu shortcut keys to default to being enabled for developers you can either delete the mCommands menu from your main library or:
1. F2 Browser > select your main library.
2. Select the mCommands class in your main library rename it to X_mCommands and do the following steps.
3. F2 Browser click Class Wizard > Menu... > Subclasses
4. Select mCommands and click the Create button. This puts a subclass of swGui4.mCommands in your main library.
5. Copy any custom changes from X_mCommands to the subclassed mCommands menu class in your main library.
As a long time Mac user I have always used Cmnd+. (period character) as the shortcut for the Cancel button in dialog windows. I just recently discovered the Esc key does the same thing. Doh! Was the Esc key on the original Mac classic keyboards?

Each library and the modifications in the release are listed below. The modifications are compiled from the @MOD tag comments found in the methods of the classes in the library.
mySysAdmin
No modifications
swBase4

mProgrammer/$#About (2007-11-01 Doug K.)
Deleted the menu item, Create/Update Default Schemas... The menu item is no longer used.

oDBAdmin/$#About (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Changed to only opening sessions during a request is made through the bridge and immediately closing the session when the request is finished. This solves the problem of 3 or more sessions being opened at once by the oDBAdmin object. Deleted the $:TablesOwnerSessionObj and $:TablesOwnerStmntObj methods from the bridge. Added $openSession and $closeSession to each method in the bridge which requires a DBA session with the database.

oDBAdmin/$#About (2007-11-24 Doug K.)
Removed all of the 'clear logs' code from the implementor methods. Each bridge method first sends a $clearLogs message to the implementor, then calls the implementor method which matches the bridge method name.

oDBAdmin/$#Bridge Design Pattern - Bridge (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Clarified the role of this object to be a 'Bridge Pattern' object. It is a bridge to the oDBAminMethods_ series of 'Implementor' objects. The bridge does not need to reveal all of the methods of the implementer. The bridge and implementors can be also subclassed to the main library where its methods can be overridden.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$_setUserDefaultSchema (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to be a protected method.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$grantAllPrivilegesToUser (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to protected method to avoid messing up sessions.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$retDAMIndexesList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to protected method to avoid messing up sessions.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$retForeignKeysList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to protected method so that sessions won't be affected.

oDBAdminMethods_FRONTBASE/$retUsersList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to be a protected method.

oDBAdminMethods_OMNIS/$syncDatabaseTablesToSchemas (2007-11-22 Doug K.)
Added audit for SQL reserved words to the method. Was missed because the superclass method had been overridden.

oDBAdminMethods_OMNIS/$syncDatabaseTablesToSchemas (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Added setting the primary key counters to the very end of the method so that they are always in sync when a table is added or updated.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$_retNextPrimaryKey (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Overrode method for PostgreSQL

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$_syncNulls (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Override $_syncNulls for PostgreSQL as it doesn't enforce NOT NULL as 'CHECK constraints'

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$retDAMIndexesList (2007-11-20 Doug K.)
Remove early exit.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$retForeignKeysList (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Custom method written to build the foreign keys list for PostgreSQL.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$retForeignKeysList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed to protected method so that sessions won't be affected.

oDBAdminMethods_POSTGRESQL/$setPrimaryKeyCounterValue (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Overrode method for PostgreSQL

oDBAdminMethods_SQLSERVER/$_retNextPrimaryKey (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed method from $retNextPrimaryKey to $_retNextPrimaryKey. The method is NOT supposed to be protected, not public.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$#About (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Changed to only opening sessions during a request is made through the bridge and immediately closing the session Added $openSession and $closeSession methods this object which can be called by the bridge.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$#About (2007-11-24 Doug K.)
Removed all of the 'clear logs' code from the implementor methods. Added a $clearLogs method which the bridge can call. The decision to clear the logs is made by the bridge, not the implementor.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$#Bridge Design Pattern - Implementor (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Clarified the role of this object to be an 'Implementor' object in the 'Bridge Pattern'. The oDBAmin object is the bridge.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_logSQLError (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Added method to make it easier for oDBAdmin methods to log a SQL errors when working with a statement object. The second parameter is the statement object, so this method can extract the $nativeerror... and $sqltext.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_retNextPrimaryKey (2007-11-22 Doug K.)
Modified the method to use oRefs if the "$retSQL_SelectPrimaryKeyCounterValue" returns empty.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_retNextPrimaryKey (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Renamed method from $retNextPrimaryKey to $_retNextPrimaryKey. The method is NOT supposed to be protected, not public.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncCollations (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Only attempt to execute SQLText if a value is returned from '$retSQL_AddCaseInsensitiveCollation'. To date FrontBase is the only one that does this.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncTableAndColumns (2007-11-20 Doug K.)
Add low() function to do case-insensitive comparison of the datatypes.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncTableAndColumns (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Added exception for SQLDataType 'TEXT'. In PostgreSQL there is no 'length' returned for TEXT datatypes.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$_syncTableAndColumns (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Use the 'OmnisDataType' from the DAMColsList rather than the SQLDataType for checking matching data types.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$auditSchemaForReservedWords (2007-11-22 Doug K.)
Bug fix. The table name was not being passed as a parameter. Bug fix. The column names search was incorrect. Added the upp() function to the column name. Enhancement - Report spaces in the table and column names as errors.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$clearLogs (2007-11-24 Doug K.)
Renamed $_clearLogs to $clearLogs. This method is now only called by the bridge, not the implementors.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$closeSession_Superuser (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Created a protected method to close the superuser session.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$closeSession_TablesOwner (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Created a protected method to close the tables owner session.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$copyData (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Added setting the primary key counters to the very end of the method so that they are always in sync when data is copied in.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$insertEmptyRecords (2007-10-16 Doug K.)
Don't insert zero pkey record if it is a control table.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$insertEmptyRecords (2007-10-24 Doug K per Mike M.)
Bug fix. Change ColsList.controltable to SchemasList.controltable.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$openSession_Superuser (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Created a protected method to open a session as the superuser.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$openSession_TablesOwner (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Created a protected method to open a session as the tables owner.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retDAMColsList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Added protected method so that other method can call it without affecting the sessions (as would happen if the public method was called)

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retDAMIndexesList (2007-11-20 Doug K.)
Remove early exit.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retPrimaryKeysList (2007-11-22 Doug K.)
Remove the If DBSetPkey code, always call the $_retNextPrimaryKey method to get the next pkey.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retPrimaryKeysList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Only include tables which are in the database.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$retUsersList (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Moved the method to a protected method and call the protected method.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$setPrimaryKeyCounterValue (2007-11-22 Doug K.)
Restructured the method to ignore 'dbsetprimarykey'. Instead if the $retSQL_SetPrimaryKeyCounterValue returns empty, this method will default to using oRefs for the next primary key.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/$setPrimaryKeyCounterValue (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Rename this method to be a protected method so that it can be called without affecting open sessions.

oDBAdminMethods_abstract/syncDatabaseTablesToSchemas (2007-11-23 Doug K.)
Added setting the primary key counters to the very end of the method so that they are always in sync when a table is added or updated.

oDBAdminSQLReservedWords/$:SQLReservedWordsList (2007-10-22 Doug K.)
Load the SQL reserved words from the $userinfo property of the object if the linecount is zero.

oDBAdminSQLText_POSTGRESQL/$#About (2007-10-19 Doug K.)
Added new subclass for PostgreSQL DAM.

oDBAdminSQLText_POSTGRESQL/$retSQL_AddCheck_notNull (2007-11-21 Doug K.)
Override SQL text for NOT NULL for PostgreSQL.

oDBAdminSQLText_abstract/$retSQL_SQLDataType (2007-11-20 Doug K.)
Remove the NOT NULL constraint if it exists. For some RDBMSs the NOT NULL constraint is added but it messes up datatype comparisons.

oErrorHandler/$#About (2007-10-24 Doug K.)
Reduced the methodstack column length from 10 million characters to 10000 characters in sErrorlog.

oFunctions/$canModifyClass (2007-11-15 Doug K.)
Added code tool method to oFunctions. The method returns false if a class can not be modified due to VCS settings.

oFunctions/$dragdropmoveLinesInList (2007-10-19 Doug K.)
Added GUI function which handles drag and drop on a list to move lines within a list.

oFunctions/$retAlphaNumeric (2007-11-13 Doug K.)
Added optional parameter pSpecialCharsAllowed, so that the sender can specify special characters to be allowed. e.g. _ underscore

oFunctions/$weekOfYear (2007-11-16 Josh L.)
Created this method because dpart(kweek,...) made some assumptions that didn't work with our application of the method.

oIcons/$deleteIcon (2007-11-05 Doug K.)
Added method to allow dynamic updates of the icons list.

oIcons/$retIconID (2007-11-05 Doug K.)
Modified the method so that if the pIconName includes the icon group, the icon group is parsed from the icon name.

oIcons/$setIcon (2007-11-05 Doug K.)
Added method to allow dynamic updates of the icons list.

oLogon/$:DBSETPRIMARYKEY (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Deprecated the dbsetprimarykey property method.

oLogon/$:DBSETPRIMARYKEY.$assign (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Deprecated the dbsetprimarykey property method.

oLogon/$_SETDBSETPRIMARYKEYPROPERTY (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Deprecated the $_setDBSetPrimaryKey property method.

oLogonMethods/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oLogonMethods_FRONTBASEDAM/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oLogonMethods_MYSQLDAM/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oLogonMethods_OMSQLDAM/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oLogonMethods_OMSQLDAM/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oLogonMethods_PGSQLDAM/$#About (2007-10-19 Doug K.)
Added new subclass for PostgreSQL DAM.

oLogonMethods_PGSQLDAM/$logon (2007-11-20 Doug K.)
Override the superclass method and set the $database property before attempting to logon.

oLogonMethods_PGSQLDAM/$logon (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code which called the superclass $_setDBsetPrimaryKeyProperty method.

oPaths/$:PathUserPreferencesFolder (2007-10-12 Doug K.)
Bug fix. Changed 'len(FolderName)=-' to 'len(FolderName)=0'

oPrepareNewDatabase/$prepareNewDatabase (2007-11-24 Doug K.)
Use $findClass to find the oDBAdmin object in case it has been subclassed to the main library.

oRebuildCachedLists/$buildRuntimeWindows (2007-10-11 Doug K.)
Reduce the method to just do what is advertises. Prior to calling this method you must first rebuild all cached lists.

oRebuildCachedLists/$rebuildAllCachedLists (2007-10-11 Doug K.)
Added parameter pRebuildLibsList_opt and then pass it to each of the applicable methods. Do not load string tables in this method.

oRebuildCachedLists/$rebuildRefs (2007-10-11 Doug K.)
Added method to just rebuild the refs object. Removed the $rebuildSQLListsAnRefs method.

oRebuildCachedLists/$reloadStringTables (2007-10-11 Doug K.)
Complete overhaul of the method reducing it to just do with the method name advertises. Deleted the $reloadStringTablesMetaDataOnly method. No longer required since this method now does less work.

oRebuildCachedLists/$saveSharedAppPrefs (2007-10-11 Doug K.)
Renamed the method to correctly advertise what it does. Removed the pbRuntimeRelease parameter. All cached lists are immediately saved to app_prefs when they are rebuild and assigned to the app_prefs object. This method only needs to be called for saving runtime lists to the main database if $:SharedAppPrefs is being used.

oRebuildCachedLists/$saveSharedAppPrefs (2007-11-27 Doug K per Josh L.)
Added parameter pLibsList_opt which is provided causes this method to ONLY replace the portions in the shared cached lists for the specified libraries. This is important for live updates of just one or two modules by the developer.

oSQLLists/$rebuildSQLClassInfo (2007-11-02 Doug K.)
Added method to rebuild the class info for a SQL class. If the SQL class is not found it is added to the master list. This moves towards dynamic updating of the SQL list master list for the developer.

oSQLLists/$removeForeignKey (2007-11-03 Doug K.)
Added method to allow foreign keys to be dynamically removed.

oSQLLists/$removeSQLClass (2007-11-02 Doug K.)
Added method for remove a SQL class from the master list to allow dynamic updates.

oSQLLists/$renameSQLClass (2007-11-02 Doug K.)
Added method for renaming a SQL class in the master list to allow dynamic updates. The method also searches query classes and undates the $schema property for any query columns which pointed to the schema class.

oSQLLists/$retDefinedList (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed all code dealing with dbsetprimarykey. This will now be the RDBMS if it supports it properly.

oSQLLists/$setForeignKey (2007-11-03 Doug K.)
Added method to allow foreign keys to be dynamically added/updated.

oSQLLists/$setTableSessionRow (2007-11-27 Doug K.)
Removed the code that set the 'dbsetprimarykey' value.

oSQLLists/_calcClassMetaDataListRow_kQuery (2007-10-23 Doug K.)
Check to make sure a column is found in the query class before proceeding. The query class might be empty.

oSQLLists/_calcClassMetaDataListRow_kQuery (2007-11-14 Doug K.)

StudioWorks

Features

SQL Meta-Data

Database Administrator

Sign In Window

Sessions Manager

Concretizer

Error Handler

Icons Browser

Preferences

Prompts

References Module

Report Builder

Security

String Tables

Quick Start Tutorial

Setting File And Library Names

Opening the Drivers App

Adding a Table

Adding a Window

Testing the Window

Mapping Icons

Adding a Window to the Navigation List

Adding a Child Table

Creating Query Classes

Adding the Child Window

Linking to Another Parent Table

Default Reports

Exporting Data

Adding Menus

Customizing a Window

Summary

What Next?

Customizing Your App

Ping Buttons

Debug OK Messages

Programmer Test Method

Method Calls or Messages?

Interface Manager

Adding a Toolbar Button

Removing a Toolbar Button

Writing Methods

Error Handling

Overriding a Method

Calling a Superclass Private Method

Prompting the User

Database and SQL

SubWindows

Container Windows

Writing Reports

Version 2010-07-16

swBase4

swDocs4

swGui4

swIcons4

swRefs4

swReports4

swWeb4

Version 2010-05-30

swBase4

swDocs4

swGui4

swIcons4

swRefs4

swReports4

swWeb4

Version 2009-10-10

myAppMain

mySysAdmin

swBase4

swDocs4

swGui4

swIcons4

swRefs4

swReports4

swWeb4

Version 2009-07-31

myAppMain

mySysAdmin

swBase4